ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SECTION EC - DanteSpec – Stay ...

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SECTIONECCONTENTS

TB45E

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALLSYSTEM...........................................................................9

Circuit Diagram............................................................9TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY ..........10

Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit....................10TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR ″CAMSHAFT POSISEN″ (DTC 11)...............................................................12

Camshaft Position Sensor (CMPS) ...........................12TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR ″MASS AIR FLOWSEN″ (DTC 12) ..............................................................13

Mass Air Flow Sensor (MAFS) ..................................13TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR ″COOLANT TEMPSEN″ (DTC 13) ..............................................................14

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (ECTS) ...........14TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR ″IGNSIGNAL-PRIMARY ″ (DTC 21).......................................15

Ignition Signal ............................................................15TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR ″OVER HEAT″ (DTC28) ..................................................................................16

Cooling Fan Control (Overheat) ................................16TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR ″THROTTLE POSISEN″ (DTC 43) ..............................................................17

Throttle Position Sensor ............................................17TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR NON-DETECTABLEITEMS.............................................................................18

Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) ....................................18Idle Air Control Valve (IACV) - Auxiliary AirControl (AAC) Valve ..................................................19Park/Neutral Position Switch .....................................20Injector .......................................................................21Start Signal ................................................................22Fuel Pump .................................................................23IACV-FICD Solenoid Valve ........................................24MIL & Data Link Connectors .....................................25

TB45S

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALLSYSTEM.........................................................................26

Circuit Diagram..........................................................26CARBURETOR ..............................................................29

Automatic Choke .......................................................29Fuel Cut Control System ...........................................31ISC-FI Pot ..................................................................32

IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM.....................................33Wiring Diagram - IGN -..............................................33

COOLING FAN MOTOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ........35Wiring Diagram - COOL/F -.......................................35

ELECTRIC FUEL PUMP ...............................................36Wiring Diagram - FPCM -..........................................36

ELECTRIC FUEL PUMP ...............................................40Wiring Diagram -FPCM- ............................................40

EXHAUST EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM .................41Boost Controlled Deceleration Device (BCDD).........41

TB48DE M/T

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INDEX ..................................43Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC .........................43

PRECAUTIONS .............................................................44Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ″AIRBAG″ and ″SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER″.............44Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD)System of Engine ......................................................44Engine Fuel & Emission Control System ..................45Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis...................48

PREPARATION ..............................................................49Special Service Tool ..................................................49Commercial Service Tools .........................................49

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALLSYSTEM.........................................................................50

Circuit Diagram..........................................................50System Diagram ........................................................52Engine Control Component Parts Location...............53Vacuum Hose Drawing ..............................................56System Chart .............................................................58

ENGINE AND EMISSION BASIC CONTROLSYSTEM DESCRIPTION ...............................................59

Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .......................59Electronic Ignition (EI) System ..................................62

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

EC-1

Air Conditioning Cut Control......................................63Fuel Cut Control (at no load & high enginespeed) ........................................................................63

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ...........................64Description .................................................................64Inspection...................................................................64

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ......................67Description .................................................................67Inspection...................................................................67

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ...................................68Fuel Pressure Release ..............................................68Fuel Pressure Check .................................................68Injector Removal and Installation ..............................69How to Check Idle Speed and Ignition Timing..........70Idle Air Volume Learning ...........................................71

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEMDESCRIPTION ...............................................................73

Introduction ................................................................73Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ................................73NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) ..............................75Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)..............................75CONSULT-II ...............................................................79

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - Introduction ........................89Introduction ................................................................89Diagnostic Worksheet................................................89

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - Work Flow ...........................91Work Flow..................................................................91Description for Work Flow .........................................92

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - Basic Inspection ................93Basic Inspection.........................................................93

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - General Description .........104Fail-Safe Chart.........................................................104Symptom Matrix Chart.............................................105CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................108Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data MonitorMode........................................................................110ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout..............112ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................112

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE ..121Description ...............................................................121Testing Condition .....................................................121Inspection Procedure...............................................121Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................122

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENTINCIDENT.....................................................................125

Description ...............................................................125Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................125

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY ........126Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit..................126

DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR ........131Component Description ...........................................131

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................131ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................131On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................131Fail-Safe Mode ........................................................131DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................132Wiring Diagram........................................................133Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................134Component Inspection.............................................135

DC P0115 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE(ECT) SENSOR (CIRCUIT) .........................................136

Component Description ...........................................136CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................136On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................136Fail-Safe Mode ........................................................137DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................137Wiring Diagram........................................................138Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................139Component Inspection.............................................140

DTC P0120 THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR ...141Component Description ...........................................141CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................141ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................142On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................142Fail-Safe Mode ........................................................142DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................142Wiring Diagram........................................................144Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................145Component Inspection.............................................146

DTC P0130 (BANK 1), P0150 (BANK 2) HO2S1(CIRCUIT).....................................................................148

Component Description ...........................................148CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................148ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................148On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................149Overall Function Check ...........................................149Wiring Diagram........................................................150Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................152Component Inspection.............................................153

DTC P0325 (BANK 1), P0330 (BANK 2) KNOCKSENSOR (KS) ..............................................................155

Component Description ...........................................155On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................155DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................155Wiring Diagram........................................................156Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................157Component Inspection.............................................158

DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP)SENSOR ......................................................................159

CONTENTS (Cont’d)

EC-2

Component Description ...........................................159ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................159On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................160DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................160Wiring Diagram........................................................162Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................163Component Inspection.............................................164

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE(OVERHEAT) ...............................................................166

System Description..................................................166Operation .................................................................166CONSULT-II Reference Value In Data MonitorMode........................................................................166ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................167On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................167Overall Function Check ...........................................168Wiring Diagram........................................................169Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................170Main 12 Causes of Overheating..............................175Component Inspection.............................................176

DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL ...................................177Component Description ...........................................177CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................177ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................177On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................178DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................178Wiring diagram.........................................................179Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................182Component Inspection.............................................184

HO2S1 HEATER ..........................................................186System Description..................................................186CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................186ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................186Wiring Diagram........................................................187Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................189Component Inspection.............................................190

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROLSOLENOID VALVE ......................................................191

Description ...............................................................191CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................191ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................192Wiring diagram.........................................................193Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................194Component Inspection.............................................196

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) .............................197Component Description ...........................................197ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................197Wiring Diagram........................................................198Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................199

IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) - AUXILIARYAIR CONTROL (AAC) VALVE ....................................200

Description ...............................................................200CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................201ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................201Wiring Diagram........................................................202Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................203Component Inspection.............................................204

CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH ................205Component Description ...........................................205ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................205Wiring Diagram........................................................206Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................207Component Inspection.............................................209

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ...........................211System Description..................................................211Operation .................................................................212CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................212ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................212Wiring Diagram........................................................213Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................214Component Inspection.............................................215

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH ........................216Component Description ...........................................216CONSULT-II Reference Value In Data MonitorMode........................................................................216ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................216Wiring Diagram........................................................217Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................218

TRANSFER SWITCH...................................................220Component Description ...........................................220ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................220Wiring Diagram........................................................221Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................222

VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYSTEM(VIAS) ...........................................................................224

Description ...............................................................224ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................225Wiring Diagram........................................................226Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................227

INJECTOR ...................................................................228Component Description ...........................................228CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................228ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................228Wiring Diagram........................................................229Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................230Component Inspection.............................................231

START SIGNAL ...........................................................232

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

CONTENTS (Cont’d)

EC-3

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................232ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................232Wiring Diagram........................................................233Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................234

FUEL PUMP.................................................................235System Description..................................................235Component Description ...........................................235CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................235ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................236Wiring Diagram........................................................237Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................238Component Inspection.............................................240

POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH .........241Component Description ...........................................241CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................241ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................241Wiring Diagram........................................................242Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................243Component Inspection.............................................244

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL .....................................245Wiring Diagram........................................................245Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................246

MIL & DATA LINK CONNECTORS .............................247Wiring Diagram........................................................247

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ........248Fuel Pressure Regulator..........................................248Idle Speed and Ignition Timing................................248Mass Air Flow Sensor..............................................248Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ......................248Fuel Pump ...............................................................248EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control SolenoidValve ........................................................................248IACV-AAC Valve ......................................................249Injector .....................................................................249Ignition Coil with Power Transistor ..........................249Condenser ...............................................................249Throttle Position Sensor ..........................................249

TB48DE A/T

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - INDEX ................................250Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC .......................250

PRECAUTIONS ...........................................................252Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ″AIRBAG″ and ″SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER″...........252Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD)System of Engine ....................................................252Engine Fuel & Emission Control System ................253Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis.................256

PREPARATION ............................................................257

Special Service Tool ................................................257Commercial Service Tools .......................................257

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALLSYSTEM.......................................................................258

Circuit Diagram........................................................258System Diagram ......................................................260Engine Control Component Parts Location.............261Vacuum Hose Drawing ............................................264System Chart ...........................................................266

ENGINE AND EMISSION BASIC CONTROLSYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................................267

Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .....................267Electronic Ignition (EI) System ................................270Air Conditioning Cut Control....................................271Fuel Cut Control (at no load & high enginespeed) ......................................................................272CAN Communication ...............................................273

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .........................274Description ...............................................................274Inspection.................................................................274

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ....................277Description ...............................................................277Inspection.................................................................277

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE .................................278Fuel Pressure Release ............................................278Fuel Pressure Check ...............................................278Injector Removal and Installation ............................279How to Check Idle Speed and Ignition Timing........280Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning.......280Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning .................281Idle Air Volume Learning .........................................281

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEMDESCRIPTION .............................................................283

Introduction ..............................................................283Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ..............................283NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) ............................285Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)............................285CONSULT-II .............................................................289

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - Introduction ......................300Introduction ..............................................................300Diagnostic Worksheet..............................................300

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - Work Flow .........................302Work Flow................................................................302Description for Work Flow .......................................303

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - Basic Inspection ..............304Basic Inspection.......................................................304

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - General Description .........310DTC Inspection Priority Chart..................................310Fail-Safe Chart.........................................................310Symptom Matrix Chart.............................................311CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................314

CONTENTS (Cont’d)

EC-4

Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data MonitorMode........................................................................316ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout..............318ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................318

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE ..327Description ...............................................................327Testing Condition .....................................................327Inspection Procedure...............................................327Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................328

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENTINCIDENT.....................................................................331

Description ...............................................................331Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................331

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY ........332Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit..................332

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ................337Description ...............................................................337On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................337DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................337Wiring Diagram........................................................338Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................339

DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR ........340Component Description ...........................................340CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................340ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................340On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................340Fail-Safe Mode ........................................................340DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................341Wiring Diagram........................................................342Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................343Component Inspection.............................................344

DC P0115 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE(ECT) SENSOR (CIRCUIT) .........................................345

Component Description ...........................................345CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................345On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................345Fail-Safe Mode ........................................................346DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................346Wiring Diagram........................................................347Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................348Component Inspection.............................................349

DTC P0120 THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR ...350Component Description ...........................................350CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................350ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................350On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................351DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................351Wiring Diagram........................................................354Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................355

Component Inspection.............................................358DTC P0121 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION(APP) SENSOR ...........................................................359

Component Description ...........................................359CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................359ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................359On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................360DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................361Wiring Diagram........................................................362Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................363Component Inspection.............................................365

DTC P0130 (BANK 1), P0150 (BANK 2) HO2S1(CIRCUIT).....................................................................366

Component Description ...........................................366CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................366ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................366On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................367Overall Function Check ...........................................367Wiring Diagram........................................................368Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................370Component Inspection.............................................371

DTC P0325 (BANK 1), P0330 (BANK 2) KNOCKSENSOR (KS) ..............................................................373

Component Description ...........................................373On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................373DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................373Wiring Diagram........................................................374Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................375Component Inspection.............................................376

DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP)SENSOR ......................................................................377

Component Description ...........................................377ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................377On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................378DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................378Wiring Diagram........................................................380Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................381Component Inspection.............................................382

DTC P0605 ECM .........................................................384Component Description ...........................................384On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................384DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................384Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................386

DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK UP) .......387Component Description ...........................................387ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................387On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................387DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................387Wiring Diagram........................................................388Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................389

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

CONTENTS (Cont’d)

EC-5

DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROLACTUATOR ..................................................................390

Description ...............................................................390On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................390DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................390Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................392

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROLFUNCTION (CIRCUIT).................................................393

Description ...............................................................393ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................393On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................393DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................394Wiring Diagram........................................................395Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................396Component Inspection.............................................398

DTC P1123 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTORRELAY (CIRCUIT) ........................................................399

Component Description ...........................................399CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................399ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................399On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................399DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................399Wiring Diagram........................................................401Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................402Component Inspection.............................................403

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE(OVERHEAT) ...............................................................404

System Description..................................................404Operation .................................................................404CONSULT-II Reference Value In Data MonitorMode........................................................................404ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................405On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................405Overall Function Check ...........................................406Wiring Diagram........................................................407Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................408Main 12 Causes of Overheating..............................413Component Inspection.............................................414

DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL ...................................415Component Description ...........................................415CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................415ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................415On Board Diagnosis Logic.......................................416DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................416Wiring Diagram........................................................417Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................420Component Inspection.............................................422

DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH .....................................424Description ...............................................................424

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................424ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................424On Board Diagnostic Logic......................................424DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................424Wiring Diagram........................................................426Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................427Component Inspection.............................................429

HO2S1 HEATER ..........................................................430System Description..................................................430CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................430ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................430Wiring Diagram........................................................431Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................433Component Inspection.............................................434

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROLSOLENOID VALVE ......................................................435

Description ...............................................................435CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................435ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................436Wiring Diagram........................................................437Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................438Component Inspection.............................................440

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) .............................441Description ...............................................................441Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................441

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ...........................442System Description..................................................442Operation .................................................................443CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................443ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................443Wiring Diagram........................................................444Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................445Component Inspection.............................................446

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH ........................447Component Description ...........................................447CONSULT-II Reference Value In Data MonitorMode........................................................................447ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................447Wiring Diagram........................................................448Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................450

SNOW MODE SWITCH ...............................................452Component Description ...........................................452ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................452Wiring Diagram........................................................453Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................454

VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYSTEM(VIAS) ...........................................................................456

Description ...............................................................456

CONTENTS (Cont’d)

EC-6

ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................457Wiring Diagram........................................................458Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................459

INJECTOR ...................................................................460Component Description ...........................................460CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................460ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................460Wiring Diagram........................................................461Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................462Component Inspection.............................................463

START SIGNAL ...........................................................464CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................464ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................464Wiring Diagram........................................................465Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................466

FUEL PUMP.................................................................467System Description..................................................467Component Description ...........................................467CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................467ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................468Wiring Diagram........................................................469Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................470Component Inspection.............................................472

POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH .........473Component Description ...........................................473CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode........................................................................473ECM Terminals and Reference Value .....................473Wiring Diagram........................................................474Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................475Component Inspection.............................................476

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL .....................................477Description ...............................................................477Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................478

MIL & DATA LINK CONNECTORS .............................480Wiring Diagram........................................................480

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ........481Fuel Pressure Regulator..........................................481Idle Speed and Ignition Timing................................481Mass Air Flow Sensor..............................................481Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ......................481Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 ........................................481Fuel Pump ...............................................................481EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control SolenoidValve ........................................................................481Injector .....................................................................482Ignition Coil with Power Transistor ..........................482Condenser ...............................................................482Throttle Control Motor..............................................482

TD

QUICK-GLOW SYSTEM ..............................................483Circuit Diagram........................................................483Wiring Diagram........................................................487

FAST IDLE CONTROL CIRCUIT ................................495Wiring Diagram........................................................495

ENGINE ROOM FAN MOTOR ELECTRICALCIRCUIT .......................................................................496

Wiring Diagram........................................................496Electrical Components Inspection ...........................497

FUEL CUT SYSTEM....................................................498Wiring Diagram........................................................498

ZD30DDTi

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALLSYSTEM.......................................................................500

Circuit Diagram........................................................500TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY ........502

Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit..................502DTC 0102 MASS AIR FLOW SEN ..............................504

Wiring Diagram........................................................504DTC 0103 COOLANT TEMP SEN ..............................505

Wiring Diagram........................................................505DTC 0104 VEHICLE SPEED SEN ..............................506

Wiring Diagram........................................................506Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................508

DTC 0203 ACCEL POS SW (F/C) ..............................509Wiring Diagram........................................................509

DTC 0208 OVER HEAT ...............................................510Wiring Diagram........................................................510Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................511Component Inspection.............................................517Main 12 Causes of Overheating..............................518

DTC 0402 P9⋅FUEL TEMP SEN .................................519Wiring Diagram........................................................519

DTC 0403 ACCEL POS SENSOR ..............................520Wiring Diagram........................................................520

DTC 0504 A/T COMM LINE ........................................522Wiring Diagram........................................................522

DTC 0701 P1⋅CAM POS SEN .....................................523Wiring Diagram........................................................523

DTC 0702 P2⋅TDC PULSE SIG ..................................524Wiring Diagram........................................................524

DTC 0703 P3⋅PUMP COMM LINE ..............................525Wiring Diagram........................................................525

DTC 0704 P4⋅SPILL/V CIRC, DTC 0706 P6 ⋅SPILLVALVE ..........................................................................526

Wiring Diagram........................................................526DTC 0707 P7⋅F/INJ TIMG FB .....................................527

Wiring Diagram........................................................527DTC 0807 ECM 14.......................................................528

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

CONTENTS (Cont’d)

EC-7

Wiring Diagram........................................................528DTC 0902 ECM RLY ....................................................529

Wiring Diagram........................................................529DTC 0905 TURBO PRESSURE ..................................530

Wiring Diagram........................................................530DTC 1003 EGR VOLUME CONT/V.............................531

Wiring Diagram........................................................531DTC 1004 FUEL CUT SYSTEM1 ................................532

Wiring Diagram........................................................532GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM .......................................533

Wiring Diagram........................................................533Diagnostic Procedure ..............................................535

START SIGNAL ...........................................................541Wiring Diagram........................................................541

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH .............542Wiring Diagram........................................................542

HEAT UP SWITCH ......................................................543Wiring Diagram........................................................543

SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOIDVALVE ..........................................................................544

Wiring Diagram........................................................544INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROLSOLENOID VALVE ......................................................545

Wiring Diagram........................................................545AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL ..................................546

Wiring Diagram........................................................546MI (MIL) & DATA LINK CONNECTORS .....................547

Wiring Diagram........................................................547

When you read wiring diagrams:I Read GI section, “HOW TO READ WIRING DIAGRAMS”.I See EL section, “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING” for power distribution circuit.When you perform trouble diagnoses, read GI section, “HOW TO FOLLOW FLOW CHART INTROUBLE DIAGNOSES” and “HOW TO PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN ELECTRICALINCIDENT”.

CONTENTS (Cont’d)

EC-8

Circuit Diagram

TEC299M

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL SYSTEM TB45E

EC-9

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit

TEC300M

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY TB45E

EC-10

TEC359

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY TB45E

Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit(Cont’d)

EC-11

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Camshaft Position Sensor (CMPS)

TEC301M

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR “CAMSHAFT POSI SEN” (DTC 11) TB45E

EC-12

Mass Air Flow Sensor (MAFS)

TEC214M

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR “MASS AIR FLOW SEN” (DTC 12) TB45E

EC-13

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (ECTS)

TEC302M

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR “COOLANT TEMP SEN” (DTC 13) TB45E

EC-14

Ignition Signal

TEC215M

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR “IGN SIGNAL-PRIMARY” (DTC 21) TB45E

EC-15

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Cooling Fan Control (Overheat)

TEC303M

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR “OVER HEAT” (DTC 28) TB45E

EC-16

Throttle Position Sensor

TEC304M

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR “THROTTLE POSI SEN” (DTC 43) TB45E

EC-17

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS)

TEC305M

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR NON-DETECTABLE ITEMS TB45E

EC-18

Idle Air Control Valve (IACV) — Auxiliary AirControl (AAC) Valve

TEC218M


EC-19

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Park/Neutral Position Switch

TEC306M


EC-20

Injector

TEC220M


EC-21

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Start Signal

TEC221M


EC-22

Fuel Pump

TEC307M


EC-23

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

IACV-FICD Solenoid Valve

TEC308M


EC-24

MIL & Data Link Connectors

TEC309M


EC-25

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Circuit DiagramWAGON AND HARDTOP MODELS WITH NATS

TEC169M

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL SYSTEM TB45S

EC-26

WAGON AND HARDTOP MODELS WITHOUT NATS

TEC170M


Circuit Diagram (Cont’d)

EC-27

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

PICKUP MODELS

TEC001M



EC-28

Automatic ChokeWAGON AND HARDTOP MODELS

TEC171M

CARBURETOR TB45S

EC-29

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

PICKUP MODELS

TEC267M

CARBURETOR TB45S

Automatic Choke (Cont’d)

EC-30

Fuel Cut Control SystemPICKUP MODELS

TEC173M

CARBURETOR TB45S

EC-31

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

ISC-FI PotWAGON AND HARDTOP MODELS

TEC227M

CARBURETOR TB45S

EC-32

Wiring Diagram — IGN —WAGON AND HARDTOP MODELS WITH NATS

TEC226M

IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM TB45S

EC-33

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

TEC174M

IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM TB45S

Wiring Diagram — IGN — (Cont’d)

EC-34

Wiring Diagram — COOL/F —WAGON AND HARDTOP MODELS

TEC228M

COOLING FAN MOTOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT TB45S

EC-35

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram — FPCM —LHD MODELS WITH NATS

TEC175M

ELECTRIC FUEL PUMP TB45S

EC-36

RHD MODELS WITH NATS

TEC269M


Wiring Diagram — FPCM — (Cont’d)

EC-37

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

LHD MODELS WITHOUT NATS

TEC176M



EC-38

RHD MODELS WITHOUT NATS

TEC268M



EC-39

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram —FPCM—PICKUP MODELS

TEC270M


EC-40

Boost Controlled Deceleration Device (BCDD)WAGON AND HARDTOP MODELS

TEC178M

EXHAUST EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM TB45S

EC-41

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

PICKUP MODELS

TEC271M

EXHAUST EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM TB45S

Boost Controlled Deceleration Device (BCDD)(Cont’d)

EC-42

Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTCALPHABETICAL INDEX FOR DTC

X: Applicable —: Not applicable

Items(CONSULT-II screen terms)

DTCMIL Illumination Reference page

CONSULT-II ECM*1

CMPS/CIRC P0340 0340 X EC-159

COOLANT T SEN/CIRC P0115 0115 X EC-136

ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 X EC-166

HO2S1 (B1)*4 P0130 0130 X EC-148

HO2S1 (B2)*4 P0150 0150 X EC-148

IGN SIGNAL-PRIMARY P1320 1320 X EC-177

KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0325 0325 — EC-155

KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 P0330 0330 — EC-155

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT P0100 0100 X EC-131

NATS MALFUNCTION*3 P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 X EL section

NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHERTESTING MAY BE REQUIRED

— 0000 — —

NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHERTESTING MAY BE REQUIRED

— Flashing*2 — EC-76

THRTL POS SEN/CIRC P0120 0120 X EC-141

*1: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).*2: While engine is running, front heated oxygen sensor monitoring status is shown by blinks.*3: Models with NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)*4: Models with three way catalyst

P NO. INDEX FOR DTCX: Applicable —: Not applicable

DTCMIL Illumination

Items(CONSULT-II screen terms)

Reference pageCONSULT-II ECM*1

— Flashing*2 —NOT DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHERTESTING MAY BE REQUIRED

EC-76

— 0000 —NOT DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHERTESTING MAY BE REQUIRED

—

P0100 0100 X MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-131

P0115 0115 X COOLANT T SEN/CIRC EC-136

P0120 0120 X THRTL POS SEN/CIRC EC-141

P0130 0130 X HO2S1 (B1)*4 EC-148

P0150 0150 X HO2S1 (B2)*4 EC-148

P0325 0325 — KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-155

P0330 0330 X KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 EC-155

P0340 0340 X CMPS/CIRC EC-159

P1217 1217 X ENG OVER TEMP EC-166

P1320 1320 X IGN SIGNAL-PRIMARY EC-177

P1610 - P1615*3 1610 - 1615 X NATS MALFUNCTION EL section

*1: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).*2: While engine is running, front heated oxygen sensor monitoring status is shown by blinks.*3: Models with NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)*4: Models with three way catalyst

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX TB48DE M/T

EC-43

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIRBAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” used along witha seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types ofcollision. The SRS system composition which is available to NISSAN MODEL Y61 is as follows (The compo-sition varies according to the destination and optional equipment.):I For a frontal collision

The Supplemental Restraint System consists of driver air bag module (located in the center of the steer-ing wheel), front passenger air bag module (located on the instrument panel on passenger side), seat beltpre-tensioners, a diagnosis sensor unit, warning lamp, wiring harness and spiral cable.

I For a side collisionThe Supplemental Restraint System consists of front side air bag module (located in the outer side of frontseat), satellite sensor, diagnosis sensor unit (one of components of air bags for a frontal collision), wiringharness, warning lamp (one of components of air bags for a frontal collision).

Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the RS section of this Service Manual.WARNING:I To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death

in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance should be per-formed by an authorized NISSAN dealer.

I Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and AirBag Module, see the RS section.

I Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in thisService Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow harness connector.

Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD)System of Engine

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn thedriver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.CAUTION:I Be sure to turn the ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any

repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc.will cause the MIL to light up.

I Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector willcause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,dirt, bent terminals, etc.)

I Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-locking type harness connector.For description and how to disconnect, refer to EL section, “Description”, “HARNESS CONNEC-TOR”.

I Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness witha bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.

I Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM beforereturning the vehicle to the customer.

PRECAUTIONS TB48DE M/T

EC-44

Engine Fuel & Emission Control SystemI Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.I Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine

is running.I Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness

connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect nega-tive battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage the ECMbecause battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignitionswitch is turned off.

I Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and thendisconnect battery ground cable.

I Do not disassemble ECM.I If a battery terminal is disconnected, the memory will

return to the ECM value.The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal isdisconnected. However, this is not an indication of a prob-lem. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.

I When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten itsecurely with a lever as far as it will go as shown at right.

SEF289H

SEF707Y

PBIB0088E

PBIB0089E


EC-45

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

I When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into orfrom ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend orbreak).Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECMpin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.

I Securely connect ECM harness connectors.A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting indamage to ICs.

I Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in)away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine controlsystem malfunctions due to receiving external noise,degraded operation of ICs, etc.

I Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.

I Before replacing ECM, perform “ECM Terminals and Refer-ence Value” inspection and make sure ECM functionsproperly. Refer to EC-112.

I Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.I Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.I Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of deter-

gent.I Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause seri-

ous problems.I Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor.

I After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform“DTC Confirmation Procedure” or “Overall FunctionCheck”.The DTC should not be displayed in the “DTC ConfirmationProcedure” if the repair is completed. The “Overall Func-tion Check” should be a good result if the repair is com-pleted.

PBIB0090E

MEF040D

SAT652J


Engine Fuel & Emission Control System(Cont’d)

EC-46

I When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, neverallow the two tester probes to contact.Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit anddamage the ECM power transistor.

I Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to theECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals,such as the ground.

I Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.I Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.

I Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.I Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unneces-

sarily.I Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.

I When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sureto observe the following as it may adversely affect elec-tronic control systems depending on installation location.

— Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electroniccontrol units.

— Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) awayfrom the harness of electronic controls. Do not let themrun parallel for a long distance.

— Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave radio can be kept smaller.

— Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.

SEF348N

SEC686C

SEF709Y

SEF708Y



EC-47

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

I Regarding TB48DE engine, “B1” and “B2” are located asin the following illustration.

Wiring Diagrams and Trouble DiagnosisWhen you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following:I “How to Read Wiring Diagrams” in GI sectionI “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING” for power distribution circuit in

EL sectionWhen you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:I “HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAG-

NOSES” in GI sectionI “How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident”

in GI section

SEC888C

SEC889C



EC-48

Special Service Tool

Tool numberTool name

Description

KV10117100Heated oxygen sensorwrench

NT379

Loosening or tightening front heated oxygensensor with 22 mm hexagon nut

Commercial Service Tools

Tool name Description

Fuel filler cap adapter

NT653

Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve openingpressure

Oxygen sensor threadcleaner

AEM488

Reconditioning the exhaust system threadsbefore installing a new oxygen sensor. Use withanti-seize lubricant shown below.a: 18 mm dia. with pitch 1.5 mm, for Zirconia

Oxygen Sensorb: 12 mm dia. with pitch 1.25 mm, for Titania

Oxygen Sensor

Anti-seize lubricant(PermatexTM 133AR orequivalent meeting MILspecification MIL-A-907)

NT779

Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning toolwhen reconditioning exhaust system threads.

PREPARATION TB48DE M/T

EC-49

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Circuit Diagram

TEC141M

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALLSYSTEM TB48DE M/T

EC-50

TEC142M



EC-51

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

System Diagram

SEC319D


EC-52

Engine Control Component Parts Location

SEC549C


EC-53

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

SEC536C

SEC538CA

SEC540C

SEC542C

SEC537C

SEC539C


Engine Control Component Parts Location(Cont’d)

EC-54

SEC541C

SEC543C

SEC544C

SEC546CA

SEC545C

SEC547CA



EC-55

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Vacuum Hose Drawing

Refer to “System Diagram”, EC-52, for vacuum control system.Note: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses.

SEC548C


EC-56

VACUUM HOSE DRAWING FOR VIAS

SEC887C


Vacuum Hose Drawing (Cont’d)

EC-57

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

System Chart

Camshaft position sensor E

ECM

Mass air flow sensor E

Engine coolant temperature sensor E

Heater oxygen sensor 1* E

Ignition switch E

Throttle position sensor E

Closed throttle position switch E

Park/neutral position (PNP) switch E

Vehicle speed sensor E

Air conditioner switch E

Ambient air temperature switch E

Battery voltage E

Transfer switch E

Knock sensor E

Electrical load E

Power steering oil pressure switch E

NATS** E

*: Model with three way catalyst**: Model with NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)

Fuel injection &mixture ratio control E Injectors

Electronic ignition system E Power transistor

Idle air control system E IACV-AAC valve

Fuel pump control E Fuel pump relay

On board diagnostic system EMIL (On the instrumentpanel)

Power valve control E VIAS control solenoid valve

Intake valve timing control EIntake valve timing controlsolenoid valve

Heated oxygen sensor 1monitor* & on board diag-nostic system

EMalfunction indicator lamp(On the instrument panel)

EVAP canister purge flowcontrol E

EVAP canister purge volumecontrol solenoid valve

Heated oxygen sensorheater control* E Heated oxygen sensor*1

Air conditioner cut control E Air conditioner relay

Cooling fan control E Cooling fan relays


EC-58

Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) SystemINPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL LINE

Camshaft position sensorE

Engine speed and piston position

ECM E Injector

Mass air flow sensorE

Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensorE

Engine coolant temperature

Heated oxygen sensor 1*E

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

Throttle position sensorE

Throttle position

Closed throttle position switchE

Throttle valve idle position

Neutral position switch (M/T models)E

Gear position

Vehicle speed sensorE

Vehicle speed

Ignition switchE

Start signal

Battery voltageE

Battery voltage

*: Model with three way catalyst

BASIC MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTIONSYSTEMThe amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector isdetermined by the ECM. The ECM controls thelength of time the valve remains open (injectionpulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is aprogram value in the ECM memory. The programvalue is preset by engine operating conditions.These conditions are determined by input signals(for engine speed and intake air) from both the cam-shaft position sensor and the mass air flow sensor.

VARIOUS FUEL INJECTIONINCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATIONThe amount of fuel injected is compensated for toimprove engine performance. This will be madeunder various operating conditions as listed below.<Fuel increase>I During warm-upI When starting the engineI During accelerationI Hot-engine operation<Fuel decrease>I During decelerationI When the vehicle speed is extremely highI Extremely high-engine coolant temperatureI When select lever is changed from “N” to “D” at

high engine speed (A/T models only)

ENGINE AND EMISSION BASIC CONTROL SYSTEMDESCRIPTION TB48DE M/T

EC-59

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL) [MODEL WITH THREEWAY CATALYST]

The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission con-trol. The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system usesheated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor if the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECMadjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about heatedoxygen sensor 1. This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture).This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.

Open loop controlThe open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedbackcontrol stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.I Deceleration and accelerationI High-load, high-speed operationI Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuitI Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperatureI High engine coolant temperatureI During warm-upI After shifting from “N” to “D” (For A/T models)I When starting the engine

MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL [MODEL WITH THREE WAY CATALYST]The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygensensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close tothe theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled asoriginally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot film) and characteristicchanges during operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. Thisis then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference betweenthe two ratios.“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trimincludes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoreticalvalue. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN comparedto the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and anincrease in fuel volume if it is lean.“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviationof the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,wear over time and changes in the usage environment.

PBIB0121E


Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System (Cont’d)

EC-60

FUEL INJECTION SYSTEMTwo types of systems are used.

Simultaneous multiport fuel injection systemFuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice eachengine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of the same width aresimultaneously transmitted from the ECM.The six injectors will then receive the signals two times for eachengine cycle.This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if thefail-safe mode (CPU) is operating.

Sequential multiport fuel injection systemFuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle accord-ing to the firing order. This system is used when the engine is run-ning.

FUEL SHUT-OFFFuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation ofthe engine at excessively high speeds.

SEF630V



EC-61

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Electronic Ignition (EI) SystemINPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL LINE



ECM E Powertransistor






Throttle position

Closed throttle position switchE

Throttle valve idle position

Vehicle speed sensorE

Vehicle speed

Ignition switchE

Start signal

Park/neutral position switchE

Neutral position

BatteryE

Battery voltage

Knock sensorE

Knock signal

SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONThe ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the bestair-fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine.The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms themap shown left.The ECM detects information such as the injection pulse width andcamshaft position sensor signal. Responding to this information,ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.

e.g. N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msecA °BTDC

During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by theECM according to the other data stored in the ECM.I At startingI During warm-upI At idleI Hot-engine operationI At accelerationThe knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies.The basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti-knockingzone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retardsystem does not operate under normal driving conditions.If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignitiontiming to eliminate the knocking condition.

SEF742M


EC-62

Air Conditioning Cut ControlINPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL LINE


Engine speed

ECM EAir condi-tionerrelay

Air conditioner switchE

Air conditioner “ON” signal


Throttle valve opening angle

Ignition switchE

Start signal



Ambient air temperature switchE

Ambient air temperature

SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONThis system improves engine operation when the airconditioner is used.Under the following conditions, the air conditioner isturned off.

I When the accelerator pedal is fully depressedI When cranking the engineI During the engine coolant temperature is exces-

sively highI During high-engine speed operation

Fuel Cut Control (at no load & high enginespeed)

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL LINE

Vehicle speed sensor EVehicle speed

ECM E Injectors

Neutral position switch (M/T models) ENeutral position

Engine coolant temperature sensor EEngine coolant temperature

Camshaft position sensor EEngine speed

Closed throttle position switch EThrottle valve closed position

If the engine speed is above 2,800 rpm with no load (for example,in neutral and engine speed over 2,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off aftersome time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based onengine speed.Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 1,000 rpm,then fuel cut is cancelled.NOTE:This function is different than deceleration control listed undermultiport fuel injection on EC-59.


EC-63

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Description

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbonsemitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system. This reduction ofhydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAPcanister.The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canisterwhich contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there whenthe engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.The EVAP canister retains the fuel vapor until the EVAP canister ispurged by air.The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through thepurge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating.EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled byECM. When the engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlledby EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is propor-tionally regulated as the air flow increases.EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts offthe vapor purge line when decelerating or idling.

InspectionEVAP CANISTERBlow air into each of three ports to check that air flows freely.

SEF749T

SEF083Y

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM TB48DE M/T

EC-64

FUEL CHECK VALVE1. Blow air through connector on fuel tank side.

A considerable resistance should be felt and a portion of air flowshould be directed toward the EVAP canister side.

2. Blow air through connector on EVAP canister side.Air flow should be smoothly directed toward fuel tank side.

3. If fuel check valve is suspected of not properly functioning insteps 1 and 2 above, replace it.

FUEL CUT VALVE

Cut valve operationEnsure that continuity of air passage does not exist when theinstalled cut valve is tilted to 90° or 180°.

FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE1. Wipe clean valve housing.2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

Pressure:16.0 - 20.0 kPa (0.16 - 0.20 bar, 0.163 - 0.204kg/cm 2, 2.32 - 2.90 psi)

Vacuum:−6.0 to −3.5 kPa (−0.060 to −0.035 bar, −0.061 to−0.036 kg/cm 2, −0.87 to −0.51 psi)

3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.CAUTION:Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement.

SEF631V

SEC886CA

SEF632VA

SEF084Y

SEF943S


Inspection (Cont’d)

EC-65

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER PURGEVOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVERefer to EC-191.

EVAP VAPOR LINEVisually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and forcracks, damage, loose connections, chafing and deterioration.Refer to Vacuum Hose Drawing, EC-56.



EC-66

DescriptionThis system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold collector.The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intakemanifold.During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCVvalve.Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.The ventilating air is then drawn from the air duct into the crankcase. In this process the air passes throughthe hose connecting air inlet tubes to the rocker cover.Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because someof the flow will go through the hose connection to the intake collector under all conditions.

InspectionPCV (Positive Crankcase Ventilation) VALVEWith engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from breather sepa-rator. A properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passesthrough it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a fin-ger is placed over the valve inlet.

PCV HOSE1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any

hose cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.

SEF921W

SEC137A

ET277

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION TB48DE M/T

EC-67

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Fuel Pressure ReleaseBefore disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuelline to eliminate danger.

With CONSULT-II1. Start engine.2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT”

mode with CONSULT-II.(Touch “START” and after engine stalls, crank it two or threetimes to release all fuel pressure.)

3. Turn ignition switch off.

Without CONSULT-II1. Remove fuse for fuel pump.2. Start engine.3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel

pressure.4. Turn ignition switch off and reconnect fuel pump fuse.

Fuel Pressure CheckI When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.I Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent

parts.I Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.I Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.1. Release fuel pressure to zero, refer to above.2. Disconnect fuel hose between fuel filter and fuel tube (engine

side).3. Install pressure gauge between fuel filter and fuel tube.4. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.

5. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.At idling:

Approximately 245 kPa (2.45 bar, 2.5 kg/cm 2, 36psi)

A few seconds after ignition switch is turned OFF toON:


6. Stop engine and disconnect fuel pressure regulator vacuumhose from intake manifold.

7. Plug intake manifold with a rubber cap.8. Connect variable vacuum source to fuel pressure regulator.9. Start engine and read indication of fuel pressure gauge as

vacuum is changed.Fuel pressure should decrease as vacuum increases. If resultsare unsatisfactory, replace fuel pressure regulator.

SEF214Y

SEC550C

SEC551C

SEF718BA

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE TB48DE M/T

EC-68

Injector Removal and Installation1. Release fuel pressure to zero.2. Disconnect harness connector clip.3. Disconnect injector harness connectors.4. Disconnect fuel hoses from fuel tube assembly.5. Remove fuel tube assemblies in reverse numerical sequence of

that shown in the figure at left.

6. Expand and remove clips securing fuel injectors.7. Extract fuel injectors straight from fuel tubes.I Do not extract injector by pinching connector.I Be careful not to damage injector nozzles during removal.I Do not bump or drop fuel injectors.

8. Install injector to fuel tube assembly.I Lubricate O-rings with a smear of silicone oil.I Be careful not to damage O-rings with service tools, finger

nails or clips. Do not expand or twist O-rings.I Discard old clips, replace with new ones.9. Position clips in grooves on fuel injectors.I Make sure that protrusions of fuel injectors are aligned

with cutouts of clips after installation.10. Align protrusions of fuel tubes with those of fuel injectors. Insert

fuel injectors straight into fuel tubes.11. After properly inserting fuel injectors, check to make sure that

fuel tube protrusions are engaged with those of fuel injectors,and that flanges of fuel tube are engaged with clips.

12. Tighten fuel tube assembly mounting nuts in numericalsequence (indicated in the figure at left) and in two stages.

: Tightening torque N ⋅m (kg-m, ft-lb)1st stage:

9 - 20 (0.9 - 2.1, 7 - 15)2nd stage:

21 - 26 (2.1 - 2.7, 16 - 19)13. Insert fuel hoses into fuel tubes so that ends of fuel hoses butt

up against fuel tubes; fasten with clamps, avoiding bulges.CAUTION:After properly connecting fuel tube assembly to injector andfuel hose, check connection for fuel leakage.

SEC552C

SEC553C

SEC559C

SEC554C

SEC552C


EC-69

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

How to Check Idle Speed and Ignition TimingIDLE SPEEDI Using CONSULT-IICheck idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

IGNITION TIMINGAny of following two methods may be used.I Method A1) Attach timing light to loop wire as shown.2) Check ignition timing.

I Method Ba) Remove No. 1 ignition coil.b) Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable

high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to thiswire.

c) Check ignition timing.

SEF058Y

SEC560C

SEC561C

SEC562C

SEF166Y


EC-70

Idle Air Volume LearningDESCRIPTION“Idle Air Volume Learning” is an operation to learn the idle air vol-ume that keeps each engine within the specific range. It must beperformed under any of the following conditions:I Each time IACV-AAC valve, throttle body or ECM is replaced.I Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.

PRE-CONDITIONINGBefore performing “Idle Air Volume Learning”, make sure that all ofthe following conditions are satisfied.Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions aremissed for even a moment.I Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)I Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 99°C (158 - 210°F)I PNP switch: ONI Electric load switch: OFF

(Air conditioner, heater fan, headlamp, rear window defogger)I Cooling fan motor: Not operatingI Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)I Vehicle speed: StoppedI Transmission: Warmed-up

Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.

OPERATION PROCEDURE

With CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. Wait at least 1 second.2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. Wait at least 10 seconds.3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.4. Check that all items listed under the topic “PRE-CONDITION-

ING” (previously mentioned) are in good order.5. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 10 seconds.6. Start the engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.7. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.8. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.9. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen.

If “INCMP” is displayed, “Idle Air Volume Learning” will not becarried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of theproblem by referring to the NOTE below.

10. Rev up the engine two or three times. Make sure that idle speedand ignition timing are within specifications.

Engine and transmis-sion type

Idle speed(in “P” or “N” position)

Ignition timing(in “P” or “N” position)

TB48DE M/T 675±50 rpm 5±5° BTDC

Without CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. Wait at least 1 second.2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. Wait at least 10 seconds.3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.4. Check that all items listed under the topic “PRE-CONDITION-

ING” (previously mentioned) are in good order.5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.6. Start the engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.7. Disconnect throttle position sensor harness connector (brown),

then reconnect it within 5 seconds.8. Wait 20 seconds.

SEF217Z

SEF454Y

SEF455Y

SEC562C


EC-71

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

9. Make sure that idle speed is within specifications. If not, theresult will be incomplete. In this case, find the cause of theproblem by referring to the NOTE below.

10. Rev up the engine two or three times. Make sure that idle speedand ignition timing are within specifications.

Engine and transmis-sion type

Idle speed(in “P” or “N” position)

Ignition timing(in “P” or “N” position)

TB48DE M/T 675±50 rpm 5±5° BTDC

NOTE:If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully,proceed as follows:1) Check that throttle valve is fully closed.2) Check PCV valve operation.3) Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air

leakage.4) Adjust closed throttle position switch and reset memory.

(Refer to Basic Inspection, EC-93.)5) When the above four items check out OK, engine compo-

nent parts and their installation condition are question-able. Check and eliminate the cause of the problem.It is useful to perform EC-121, “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS —SPECIFICATION VALUE”.

6) If any of the following conditions occur after the enginehas started, eliminate the cause of the problem and per-form “Idle air volume learning” all over again:

I Engine stalls.I Erroneous idle.I Blown fuses related to the IACV-AAC valve system.


Idle Air Volume Learning (Cont’d)

EC-72

IntroductionThe ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-tors. Self-diagnosis items are listed in “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE INDEX”, EC-43.The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when a specific malfunction is detected,or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode (Refer to EC-104.). For diagnostic items causing the MIL to light up,refer to “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE INDEX”, EC-43.

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)HOW TO READ DTCMalfunction items can be confirmed by the following methods.

With CONSULT-IICONSULT-II displays the DTC in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode.Examples: P0100, P0120, P0340, etc. (CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)

Without CONSULT-IIThe number of blinks of the malfunction indicator lamp in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results)indicates the DTC. Examples: 0100, 1320, etc.I Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, Mode II does not indicate whether the malfunc-

tion is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal.CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if avail-able) is recommended.

A sample of CONSULT-II display is shown at left. The malfunctionis displayed in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-SULT-II. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle wasdriven after the last detection of a malfunction.If the malfunction is being detected currently, the time data will be“0”.

FREEZE FRAME DATAThe ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolanttemperature, short term fuel trim*, long term fuel trim*, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle positionand base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected.Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the DTC, are called freeze frame data. The data, storedtogether with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II. The freeze framedata can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. For details, see EC-82.Only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM.When more than one DTC is detected, the freeze frame data detected first is stored in the memory.The freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures forclearing the ECM memory are described in “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR-MATION”. Refer to EC-73.*: Model with three way catalyst

HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION

How to erase DTC (With CONSULT-II)1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least

9 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.2. Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “ENGINE”.3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)

SEC890C

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION TB48DE M/T

EC-73

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

The emission-related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.

How to erase DTC (No tools)1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once.2. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to

EC-76, “How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode”.NOTE:I If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost after approx.

24 hours.I The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.1) Diagnostic trouble codes2) Freeze frame data3) OthersActual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, butall of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.

SEC555C


Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) (Cont’d)

EC-74

NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)I If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in

the “ON” position or “NATS MALFUNCTION” is displayedon “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen, perform self-diagnosticresults mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.Refer to NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) in EL section.

I Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayedbefore touching “ERASE” in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” modewith CONSULT-II.

I When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system andregistration of all NATS ignition key IDs must be carried outwith CONSULT-II using NATS program card.Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner.Regarding the procedure of NATS initialization and NATSignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-II operationmanual, NATS.

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)The MIL is located on the instrument panel.1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON

without the engine running. This is a bulb check.I If the MIL does not light up, refer to EL section, “WARNING

LAMPS” or see EC-247.2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.

If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system hasdetected an engine system malfunction.

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONThe on board diagnostic system has the following four functions.

Diagnostic test mode I1. BULB CHECK:

This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open circuit, etc.).If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit and ECM test mode selector. (See EC-76.)

2. MALFUNCTION WARNING:This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is detected, the MIL will light up to inform the driverthat a malfunction has been detected.

Diagnostic test mode II3. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS:

This function allows DTCs to be read.4. HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR*:


SEF543X

SAT652J


EC-75

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

MIL flashing without DTCIf the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MIL may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM testmode following “HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODES”.How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are described later. (SeeEC-76.)

Condition Diagnostic Test Mode I Diagnostic Test Mode II

Ignition switch in “ON” position

Engine stopped

BULB CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Engine running

MALFUNCTION WARNINGHEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

MONITOR*


The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.1) Diagnostic trouble codes2) Free frame data3) Others

HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODENOTE:I It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.I It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit

has a malfunction.I Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned “OFF”.

How to set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch “ON” and wait 3 seconds.2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts

blinking.4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.

ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).

How to set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor) [Model with threeway catalyst]1. Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-76, “How to Set Diagnostic

Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)”.2. Start Engine.

ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).ECM will start heated oxygen sensor 1 monitoring from the bank 1 sensor.

PBIB0092E


Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) (Cont’d)

EC-76

How to switch monitored sensor from Bank 1 to Bank 2 or vice versa (Model with threeway catalyst)1. Fully depress the accelerator pedal quickly and then release it immediately.2. Make sure that monitoring sensor has changed by MIL blinking as follows.

How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-76 “How to Set Diagnostic Test

Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)”.2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.

The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECKIn this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to“WARNING LAMPS” in EL section or see EC-247.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING

MIL Condition

ON When the malfunction is detected or the ECM’s CPU is malfunctioning.

OFF No malfunction.

I These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS).

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

PBIB0093E

SEC687C



EC-77

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicatedby the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 secondsconsisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the laternumeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC “0000” refers to nomalfunction. (See EC-43, “INDEX FOR DTC”.)

How to erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC-76“How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode”.I If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory after approx. 24 hours.I Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR (MODEL WITHTHREE WAY CATALYST)In this mode, the MIL displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heatedoxygen sensor 1.

MIL Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Air fuel ratio feedback control condition

ON LeanClosed loop system

OFF Rich

*Remains ON or OFF Any condition Open loop system

*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.

To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up untilengine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load conditions. Then make sure that theMIL comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no-load.



EC-78

CONSULT-IICONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Connect “CONSULT-II” to data link connector.

(Data link connector is located under the instrument lowercover on the driver’s side.)

3. Turn ignition switch ON.4. Touch “ENGINE”.

5. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each serviceprocedure.

For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.

SEC556C

SEC557C

SEC558C


EC-79

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

FUNCTION

Diagnostic test mode Function

Work supportThis mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by follow-ing the indications on the CONSULT-II unit.

Self-diagnostic results Self-diagnostic results such as DTCs and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*1

Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.

Data monitor (SPEC)Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value andthe other data monitor items can be read.

Active testDiagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs andalso shifts some parameters in a specified range.

Function testConducted by CONSULT-II instead of a technician to determine whether each system is “OK”or “NG”.

ECM part number ECM part number can be read.

*1 The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.1. Diagnostic trouble codes2. Freeze frame data3. Others

WORK SUPPORT MODE

WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE

TP SW/TP SEN IDLE POSI ADJ I FOLLOW THE BASIC INSPECTION INSTRUCTION INTHE SERVICE MANUAL.

When adjusting the idle throttleposition

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE I FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START”DURING IDLING.CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.

When releasing fuel pressurefrom fuel line

IDLE AIR VOL LEARN I THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINEWITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED INECM.

When learning the idle air volume

TARGET IGNITION TIMING ADJ* I IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition tim-ingAfter adjustment, confirm targetignition timing with a timing light.I If once the “TARGET IDLE

RPM ADJ” has been done, theIdle Air Volume Learning proce-dure will not be completed.

TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* I IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed

CD ADJUSTMENT I IDLE CONDITION When setting “CO” adjustmentvalue

*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.


CONSULT-II (Cont’d)

EC-80

ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION

Item

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE

WORKSUPPORT

SELF-DIAGNOSTICRESULTS

DATAMONITOR

DATAMONITOR

(SPEC)

ACTIVETEST

DTCFREEZEFRAMEDATA

EN

GIN

EC

ON

TR

OL

CO

MP

ON

EN

TPA

RT

S

INP

UT

Camshaft position sensor x x x x

Mass air flow sensor x x x

Engine coolant temperature sen-sor

x x x x x

Heated oxygen sensor 1*1 x x x

Vehicle speed sensor x x x

Throttle position sensor x x x

Knock sensor x

Ignition switch (start signal) x x

Closed throttle position switch(accelerator pedal position sen-sor signal)

x x

Air conditioner switch x x

Park/neutral position (PNP)switch

x x

Power steering pressure switch x x

Ambient air temperature switch x x

Battery voltage x x

Load signal x x

OU

TP

UT

Injectors x x x

Power transistor (Ignition timing)x

(Ignition sig-nal)

x x x

IACV-AAC valve x x x


x x x

Air conditioner relay x x

Fuel pump relay x x x x

Cooling fan x x x x

Heated oxygen sensor 1heater*1

x x

Intake valve timing control sole-noid valve

x x x

VIAS control solenoid valve x x x

Calculated load value x x

CO adjustment value*2 x

X: Applicable*1: Model with three way catalyst*2: Model without three way catalyst



EC-81

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODERegarding items detected in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode, refer to “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODEINDEX”, EC-43.

Freeze frame data

Freeze frame data item Description

DIAG TROUBLE CODE[PXXXX]

I Engine Control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Referto “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX”, EC-43.)

FUEL SYS-B1* I “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.I One mode in the following is displayed.

“MODE 2”: Open loop due to detected system malfunction“MODE 3”: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enrichment)“MODE 4”: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control“MODE 5”: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop

COOLANT TEMP [°C] or[°F]

I The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%]* I “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.I The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel

schedule.

L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%]* I “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.I The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel sched-

ule than short-term fuel trim.

ENGINE SPEED [rpm] I The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

VEHICL SPEED [km/h]or [mph]

I The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

ABSOL TH⋅P/S [degree]or [%]

I The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] I The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.




EC-82

DATA MONITOR MODE

Monitored item[Unit]

ECMinput

signals

Mainsignals Description Remarks

ENG SPEED [rpm]

q qI Indicates the engine speed computed

from the signal of the camshaft positionsensor.

I Accuracy becomes poor if engine speeddrops below the idle rpm.

I If the signal is interrupted while theengine is running, an abnormal valuemay be indicated.

MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] q q I The signal voltage of the mass air flowsensor is displayed.

I When the engine is stopped, a certainvalue is indicated.

B/FUEL SCHDL[msec] q

I “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuelinjection pulse width programmed intoECM, prior to any learned on board cor-rection.

COOLAN TEMP/S[°C] or [°F]

q qI The engine coolant temperature (deter-

mined by the signal voltage of the enginecoolant temperature sensor) is displayed.

I When the engine coolant temperaturesensor is open or short-circuited, ECMenters fail-safe mode. The engine coolanttemperature determined by the ECM isdisplayed.

HO2S1*1 (B1)*2 [V] q q I The signal voltage of the heated oxygensensor 1 is displayed.

HO2S1*1 (B2)*2 [V] q qHO2S1 MNTR*1(B1)*2 [RICH/LEAN] q

I Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signalduring air-fuel ratio feedback control:RICH ... means the mixture became“rich”, and control is being affectedtoward a leaner mixture.LEAN ... means the mixture became“lean”, and control is being affectedtoward a rich mixture.

I After turning ON the ignition switch,“RICH” is displayed until air-fuel mixtureratio feedback control begins.

I When the air-fuel ratio feedback isclamped, the value just before the clamp-ing is displayed continuously.

HO2S1 MNTR*1(B2)*2 [RICH/LEAN] qVHCL SPEED SE[km/h] or [mph] q q I The vehicle speed computed from the

vehicle speed sensor signal is displayed.

BATTERY VOLT [V] q q I The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-played.

THRTL POS SEN [V] q q I The throttle position sensor signal volt-age is displayed.

START SIGNAL[ON/OFF] q q I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the

starter signal.I After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-

played regardless of the starter signal.

CLSD TH POS[ON/OFF] q q I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the

throttle position sensor signal.

AIR COND SIG[ON/OFF] q q

I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the airconditioner switch as determined by theair conditioner signal.

P/N POSI SW[ON/OFF] q q I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the

park/neutral position switch signal.

PW/ST SIGNAL[ON/OFF] q q

I [ON/OFF] condition of the power steeringoil pressure switch determined by thepower steering oil pressure signal is indi-cated.



EC-83

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


ECMinput

signals

Mainsignals

Description Remarks

LOAD SIGNAL[ON/OFF]

q q

I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from theelectrical load signal.ON ... Rear window defogger switch isON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd posi-tion.OFF ... Both rear window defoggerswitch and lighting switch are OFF.

AMB TEMP SW[ON/OFF] q I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the

ambient air temperature switch signal.IGNITION SW[ON/OFF] q I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from igni-

tion switch.INJ PULSE-B1 [msec]

qI Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse

width compensated by ECM according tothe input signals.

I When the engine is stopped, a certaincomputed value is indicated.

IGN TIMING [BTDC] q I Indicates the ignition timing computed byECM according to the input signals.


A/F ALPHA-B1*1 [%] q I The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed-back correction factor per cycle is indi-cated.


I This data also includes the data for theair-fuel ratio learning control.

A/F ALPHA-B2*1 [%] qCAL/LD VALUE [%] I “Calculated load value” indicates the

value of the current airflow divided bypeak airflow.

ABSOL TH-P/S [%] I The throttle valve opening angle at themoment a malfunction is detected is dis-played.

IACV-AAC/V [step]

qI Indicates IACV-AAC/V control value com-

puted by ECM according to the input sig-nals.

PURG VOL C/V [%] I Indicates the EVAP canister purge vol-ume control solenoid valve control valuecomputed by the ECM according to theinput signals.

I The opening becomes larger as thevalue increases.

VIAS S/V [ON/OFF] I The control condition of the VIAS controlsolenoid valve (determined by ECMaccording to the input signals) is indi-cated.

I OFF ... VIAS control solenoid valve is notoperating.ON ... VIAS control solenoid valve isoperating.

INT/V SOL-B1[ON/OFF]

I The control condition of the intake valvetiming control solenoid valve (determinedby ECM according to the input signals) isindicated.ON ... intake valve timing control is oper-ating.OFF ... Intake valve timing control is notoperating.

AIR COND RLY[ON/OFF] q

I The air conditioner relay control condition(determined by ECM according to theinput signal) is indicated.



EC-84


ECMinput

signals

Mainsignals

Description Remarks

FUEL PUMP RLY[ON/OFF] q

I Indicates the fuel pump relay control con-dition determined by ECM according tothe input signals.

HO2S1 HTR*1 (B1)*2[ON/OFF]

I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heatedoxygen sensor 1 heater determined byECM according to the input signals.HO2S1 HTR*1 (B2)*2

[ON/OFF]COOLING FAN[HI/LOW/OFF]

q

I The control condition of the cooling fan(determined by ECM according to theinput signal) is indicated.HI ... High speed operationLOW ... Low speed operationOFF ... Stop

IDL A/V LEARN [YET/CMPLT/INCMP]

I Display the condition of idle air volumelearningYET ... Idle air volume learning has notbeen performed yet.CMPLT ... Idle air volume learning hasalready been performed successfully.INCMP ... Idle air volume learning hasnot been performed successfully.

Voltage [V] I Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulsewidth measured by the probe.

I Only “#” is displayed if item is unable tobe measured.

I Figures with “#”s are temporary ones.They are the same figures as an actualpiece of data which was just previouslymeasured.

Frequency [msec],[Hz] or [%]DUTY-HIDUTY-LOWPLS WIDTH-HIPLS WIDTH-LOW

NOTE:Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.*1: Models with three way catalyst*2: The display of (B1) and (B2) of the monitor item is explained on EC-48.

DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE

Monitored Item

Monitored item [Unit] ECMinput

signals

Mainsignals

Description Remarks

ENG SPEED [rpm]



MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] q q I The signal voltage of the mass air flowsensor specification is displayed.

I When engine is running specificationrange is indicated.




A/F ALPHA-B1** [%]*A/F ALPHA-B2** [%]* q

I The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed-back correction factor per cycle is indi-cated.



NOTE:Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.*: Models with three way catalyst**: The display of (B1) and (B2) of the monitor item is explained on EC-48.



EC-85

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

ACTIVE TEST MODE

TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

IGNITION TIMING

I Engine: Return to the originaltrouble condition

I Timing light: SetI Retard the ignition timing using

CONSULT-II.

If trouble symptom disappears, seeCHECK ITEM.

I Adjust ignition timing (by movingcamshaft position sensor)

IACV-AAC/VOPENING

I Engine: After warming up, idlethe engine.

I Change the IACV-AAC valveopening step using CONSULT-II.

Engine speed changes according tothe opening step.

I Harness and connectorI IACV-AAC valve

POWER BAL-ANCE


I A/C switch “OFF”I Shift lever “N”I Cut off each injector signal one

at a time using CONSULT-II.

Engine runs rough or dies.

I Harness and connectorI CompressionI InjectorsI Power transistorI Spark plugsI Ignition coil

COOLING FANI Ignition switch: ONI Turn the cooling fan “HI”, “LOW”

and “OFF” using CONSULT-II.Cooling fan moves and stops.

I Harness and connectorI Cooling fan motorI Cooling fan relay

ENG COOLANTTEMP


I Change the engine coolant tem-perature using CONSULT-II.


I Harness and connectorI Engine coolant temperature sen-

sorI Fuel injectors

FUEL PUMPRELAY

I Ignition switch: ON (Enginestopped)

I Turn the fuel pump relay “ON”and “OFF” using CONSULT-IIand listen to operating sound.

Fuel pump relay makes the operat-ing sound.

I Harness and connectorI Fuel pump relay

VIAS SOL VALVE

I Ignition switch: ONI Turn solenoid valve “ON” and

“OFF” with CONSULT-II and lis-ten for operating sound.

Solenoid valve makes an operatingsound.

I Harness and connectorsI Solenoid valve

VALVE TIMINGSOL


“OFF” with CONSULT-II and lis-ten to operating sound.


I Harness and connectorI Intake valve timing control sole-

noid valve

PURG VOLCONT/V

I Engine: After warming up, runengine at 1,500 rpm.

I Change the EVAP canister purgevolume control solenoid valveopening percent using CON-SULT-II.

Engine speed changes according tothe opening percent.




EC-86

REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE(RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected bytouching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.1) “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger):I The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in

real time.In other words, DTC and malfunction item will be displayed ifthe malfunction is detected by ECM.At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONITOR”in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording Data ...xx%” as shown at left, and the data after the malfunction detec-tion is recorded. Then when the percentage reached 100%,“REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If “STOP” is touchedon the screen during “ Recording Data ... xx%”, “REAL-TIMEDIAG” screen is also displayed.The recording time after the malfunction detection and therecording speed can be changed by “TRIGGER POINT” and“Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATIONMANUAL.

2) “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger):I DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed automatically

on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunction is detectedby ECM.DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even thougha malfunction is detected.

Use these triggers as follows:1) “AUTO TRIG”I While trying to detect the DTC by performing the “DTC Confir-

mation Procedure”, be sure to select to “DATA MONITOR(AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at themoment it is detected.

I While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-IIshould be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode, espe-cially in case the incident is intermittent.When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twist-ing) the suspicious connectors, components and harness in the“DTC Confirmation Procedure”, the moment a malfunction isfound the DTC will be displayed. (Refer to GI section, “IncidentSimulation Tests”.)

2) “MANU TRIG”I If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is

selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU TRIG”. By selecting“MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The datacan be utilized for further diagnosis, such as a comparison withthe value for the normal operating condition.

SEC564C

SEF707X



EC-87

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

SEF720X



EC-88

IntroductionThe engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuelcontrol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECMaccepts input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators.It is essential that both input and output signals are proper andstable. At the same time, it is important that there are no problemssuch as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other problems withthe engine.It is much more difficult to diagnose a problem that occurs intermit-tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent problems arecaused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In thiscase, careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent thereplacement of good parts.A visual check only may not find the cause of the problems. A roadtest with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be per-formed. Follow the “Work Flow” on EC-91.Before undertaking actual checks, take just a few minutes to talkwith a customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. Thecustomer can supply good information about such problems, espe-cially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present andunder what conditions they occur. A “Diagnostic Worksheet” like theexample on next page should be used.Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” problems first.This will help troubleshoot driveability problems on an electronicallycontrolled engine vehicle.

Diagnostic WorksheetThere are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunctionsof engine components. A good knowledge of such conditions canmake troubleshooting faster and more accurate.In general, each customer may feel differently about a given prob-lem. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditionsfor a customer complaint.Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on next page in order toorganize all the information for troubleshooting.

MEF036D

SEF233G

SEF234G

SEF907L

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Introduction TB48DE M/T

EC-89

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

WORKSHEET SAMPLE

Customer name MR/MS Model & Year VIN

Engine # Trans. Mileage

Incident Date Manuf. Date In Service Date

Fuel and fuel filler capl Vehicle ran out of fuel causing misfire.l Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on.

Symptoms

l Storability

l Impossible to start l No combustion l Partial combustionl Partial combustion affected by throttle positionl Partial combustion NOT affected by throttle position

l Possible but hard to start l Others [ ]

l Idlingl No fast idle l Unstable l High idle l Low idlel Others [ ]

l Driveabilityl Stumble l Surge l Knock l Lack of powerl Intake backfire l Exhaust backfirel Others [ ]

l Engine stalll At the time of start l While idlingl While accelerating l While deceleratingl Just after stopping l While loading

Incident occurrencel Just after delivery l Recentlyl In the morning l At night l In the daytime

Frequency l All the time l Under certain conditions l Sometimes

Weather conditions l Not affected

Weather l Fine l Raining l Snowing l Others [ ]

Temperature l Hot l Warm l Cool l Cold l Humid °F

Engine conditions

l Cold l During warm-up l After warm-up

Engine speed

Road conditions l In town l In suburbs l Highway l Off road (up/down)

Driving conditions

l Not affectedl At starting l While idling l At racingl While accelerating l While cruisingl While decelerating l While turning (RH/LH)

Vehicle speed

Malfunction indicator lamp l Turned on l Not turned on

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Introduction TB48DE M/T

Diagnostic Worksheet (Cont’d)

EC-90

Work Flow

*1: If time data of “SELF-DIAGRESULTS” is other than “0” referto “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FORINTERMITTENT INCIDENT”,EC-125.

*2: If the incident cannot beduplicated, refer to “TROUBLEDIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-

TENT INCIDENT”, EC-125.*3: If the on board diagnostic system

cannot be performed, check mainpower supply and ground circuit.Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSISFOR POWER SUPPLY”, EC-126.

*4: If the malfunctioning part cannotbe found, refer to “TROUBLEDIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-TENT INCIDENT”, EC-125.

*5: EC-121

SEF510ZC

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Work Flow TB48DE M/T

EC-91

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Description for Work Flow

STEP DESCRIPTION

STEP IGet detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the“DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET”. (Refer to EC-90.)

STEP II

Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II) the Diagnostic Trouble Code(DTC) and the freeze frame data, then erase the code and the data. (Refer to EC-73.) The DTC and the freezeframe data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.Study the relationship between the cause, specified by DTC, and the symptom described by the customer. (The“Symptom Matrix Chart” will be useful. See EC-105.)Also check related service bulletins for information.

STEP III

Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.The “DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET” and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CON-SULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.If the incident cannot be verified, perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”. (Refer toEC-125.)If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.

STEP IV

Try to detect the Diagnostic Trouble Code by driving in (or performing) the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Checkand read the DTC and freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II.During the DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) modeand check real time diagnosis results.If the incident cannot be verified, perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”. (Refer toEC-125.)In case the “DTC Confirmation Procedure” is not available, perform the “Overall Function Check” instead. The DTCcannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified “check” is an effective alternative.The “NG” result of the “Overall Function Check” is the same as the DTC detection.

STEP V

Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-93.) If CONSULT-II is available,perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS-SPECIFI-CATION VALUE”, EC-121. (If a malfunction is detected, proceed to “REPAIR/REPLACE”.) Then perform inspec-tions according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-105.)

STEP VI

Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspectthe system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) “Harness Layouts”.Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR(AUTO TRIG)” mode.Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CON-SULT-II. Refer to EC-112, 108.The “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE” in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A shortcircuit inspection is also required for the circuit check in the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE. For details, refer to GIsection, “HOW TO PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN ELECTRICAL INCIDENT”, “Circuit Inspection”.Repair or replace the malfunction parts.

STEP VII

Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditionsand circumstances which resulted in the customer’s initial complaint.Perform the “DTC Confirmation Procedure” and confirm the normal code [Diagnostic trouble code No. P0000 or0000] is detected. If the incident is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different methodfrom the previous one.Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) DTC in ECM. (Referto EC-73.)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Work Flow TB48DE M/T

EC-92

Basic InspectionPreparationI Make sure that the following parts are in

good order.(1) Battery(2) Ignition system(3) Engine oil and coolant levels(4) Fuses(5) ECM harness connector(6) Vacuum hoses(7) Air intake system

(Oil filler cap, oil level gauge, etc.)(8) Fuel pressure

(9) Engine compression(10) Throttle valveI On air conditioner equipped models, checks

should be carried out while the air condi-tioner is “OFF”.

I When measuring “CO” percentage, insertprobe more than 40 cm (15.7 in) into tail pipe.

I Turn off headlamps, heater blower, rear win-dow defogger.

I Keep front wheels pointed straight ahead.

Precaution:Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanicalloads applied;I Headlamp switch is OFF,I Air conditioner switch is OFF,I Rear window defogger switch is OFF,I Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.

BEFORE STARTING1. Check service records for any recent

repairs that may indicate a relatedproblem, or the current need for sched-uled maintenance.

2. Open engine hood and check the fol-lowing:

I Harness connectors for improper con-nections

I Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, orimproper connections

I Wiring for improper connections,pinches, or cuts

I Air cleaner cloggingI Hoses and ducts for leaksI Gasket

CHECK THROTTLEVALVE OPERATION.1. Remove intake air

ducts.2. Check throttle valve

operation when movingthrottle drum by hand.

3. Retighten the throttledrum fixing nuts.

If NG, clean the throttlebody and throttle valve.Then, go to “CHECKTHROTTLE DRUMOPERATION”.

G

OKF

CHECK THROTTLE DRUM OPERATION.1. Start engine and warm it up to normal

operating temperature.2. Confirm that throttle drum is in contact

with the stopper.

OKWithCONSULT-II

OKWithoutCONSULT-II

ENG

CHECK ACCELERATORWIRE INSTALLATION.Check accelerator wire forslack.If NG, adjust acceleratorwire. Refer to FE section,“Adjusting Acceleratorwire”. Then “CHECKTHROTTLE DRUMOPERATION” again.

qA qC

H

SEF142I

SEF146U

SEC565C

H

H

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Basic Inspection TB48DE M/T

EC-93

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qA

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCHCLOSED POSITION.

With CONSULT-II

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Select “CLSD THL POS” in “DATA

MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3. Read “CLSD THL POS” signal under

the following conditions.I Insert a 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) and 0.15

mm (0.0059 in) feeler gauge alter-nately between stopper and throttledrum as shown in the figure andcheck the signal.

“CLSD THL POS” signal should remain“ON” while inserting 0.05 mm (0.0020in) feeler gauge.“CLSD THL POS” signal should remain“OFF” while inserting 0.15 mm (0.0059in) feeler gauge.

OK

ENG

ADJUSTMENTTHROTTLE POSITIONSWITCH CLOSED POSI-TION-I

With CONSULT-II

1. Loosen throttle positionsensor fixing bolts.

2. Insert 0.05 mm (0.0020in) feeler gaugebetween stopper andthrottle drum as shownin the figure.

3. Turn throttle positionsensor body counter-clockwise until “CLSDTHL POS” signalswitches to “OFF”.

FOK

E

NG

ADJUSTMENTTHROTTLE POSITIONSWITCH CLOSED POSI-TION-II

With CONSULT-II

1. Temporarily tighten sen-sor body fixing bolts asfollows.

I Gradually move thesensor body clockwiseand stop it when“CLSD THL POS” sig-nal switches from“OFF” to “ON”, thentemporarily tightensensor body fixingbolts.

2. Make sure two or threetimes that the signal is“ON” when the throttlevalve is closed and“OFF” when it isopened.

3. Remove 0.05 mm(0.0020 in) feeler gaugethen insert 0.15 mm(0.0059 in) feelergauge.

4. Make sure two or threetimes that the signalremains “OFF” whenthe throttle valve isclosed.

5. Tighten throttle positionsensor.

6. Check the “CLSD THLPOS” signal again.

I The signal remains“OFF” while closingthrottle valve.

qB

SEC566C

SEF061Y

SEC566C

SEC567C

SEC568C

H

H

H


Basic Inspection (Cont’d)

EC-94

qB

RESET THROTTLE POSITION SENSORIDLE POSITION MEMORY.

With CONSULT-II

NOTE: Always warm up engine to nor-mal operating temperature. If engine iscool, the throttle position sensor idleposition memory will not be reset cor-rectly.1. Remove feeler gauge.2. Start engine.3. Warm up engine to normal operating

temperature.4. Select “CLSD THL POS” in “DATA

MONITOR” mode.5. Stop engine. (Turn ignition switch

“OFF”.)6. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at

least 5 seconds.7. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at

least 10 seconds.8. Replace steps 6 and 7 until “CLSD

THL POS” signal changes to “ON”.

qE

SEC567C

SEF864V

SEF061Y

H

H



EC-95

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qC

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SWITCHCLOSED POSITION.

Without CONSULT-II

1. Disconnect closed throttle positionswitch harness connector.

2. Check continuity between closedthrottle position switch terminals 4 and5 under the following conditions.

I Insert the 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) and 0.15mm (0.0059 in) feeler gauge alter-nately between the stopper andthrottle drum as shown in the figure.

“Continuity should exist” while insert-ing 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) feeler gauge.“Continuity should not exist” whileinserting 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) feelergauge.

OK

ENG ADJUSTMENT

THROTTLE POSITIONSWITCH CLOSED POSI-TION-I

Without CON-SULT-II

1. Loosen throttle positionsensor fixing bolts.

2. Insert 0.05 mm (0.0020in) feeler gaugebetween stopper andthrottle drum as shownin the figure.

3. Turn the throttle positionsensor body counter-clockwise until continu-ity does not exist.

FOK

E

NG

ADJUST THROTTLEPOSITION SWITCHCLOSED POSITION-II

Without CON-SULT-II

1. Temporarily tighten sen-sor body fixing bolts asfollows.

I Gradually move thesensor body clockwiseand stop it when thecontinuity comes toexist, then temporarilytighten sensor bodyfixing bolts.

2. Make sure two or threetimes that the continuityexists when the throttlevalve is closed and con-tinuity does not existwhen it is opened.

3. Remove 0.05 mm(0.0020 in) feeler gaugethen insert 0.15 mm(0.0059 in) feelergauge.

4. Make sure two or threetimes that the continuitydoes not exist when thethrottle valve is closed.

5. Tighten throttle positionsensor.

6. Check the continuityagain.Continuity does notexist while closing thethrottle valve.

qD

SEF711X

SEC566C

SEC566C

SEF711X

SEC567C

H

H

H



EC-96

qD

RESET THROTTLE POSITION SENSORIDLE POSITION MEMORY.

Without CONSULT-II

NOTE: Always warm up engine to nor-mal operating temperature. If engine iscool, the throttle position sensor idleposition memory will not be reset cor-rectly.1. Remove feeler gauge.2. Reconnect throttle position switch har-

ness connector.3. Start engine.4. Warm up engine to normal operating

temperature.5. Stop engine. (Turn ignition switch

“OFF”.)6. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at

least 5 seconds.7. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at

least 10 seconds.8. Repeat steps 6 and 7, 3 to 10 times.

qE

H

CHECK DTC.1. Start engine and warm it up to normal

operating temperature.2. Rev (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three

times.3. Make sure to DTC is displayed with

CONSULT-II or ECM diagnostic testmode-II.

OK

ENG

REPAIR MALFUNCTION.Repair or replace compo-nents as necessaryaccording to corresponding“Diagnostic procedure”.

F

CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED.

With CONSULT-II

1. Start engine and warm it up to normaloperating temperature.

2. Select “ENG SPEED” in “DATA MONI-TOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

3. Check idle speed.M/T: 675±50 rpm

Without CONSULT-II



NG

EOK

qL

qF

SEF864V

H

H

H

H



EC-97

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qF

H G qH

CMPLT

PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING.Refer to “Idle Air Volume Learning”, EC-71.

CMPLT

EIMCMP Follow the construction of “Idle

Air Volume Learning”.

CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN.

With CONSULT-II

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal oper-ating temperature.

2. Select “ENG SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR”mode with CONSULT-II.


OK

ENG REPLACE IACV-AAC VALVE

Replace IACV-AAC valve.

qJ

HPERFORM IDLE AIR VOL-UME LEARNING.Refer to “Idle Air VolumeLearning”, EC-71Which is the result CMPLTor INCMP?If “INCMP ”, follow the con-struction of “Idle Air VolumeLearning”.

INCMP

qGFollow the construction of “IdleAir Volume Learning”.

qH

H

G

CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN

With CONSULT-II


2. Select “ENG SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR”mode with CONSULT-II.


Without CONSULT-II



OK

ENG CHECKING ECM FUNCTION

1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECMfunction. (ECM may be thecause of a problem, butthis is rarely the case.)

2. Perform initialization ofNATS system and registra-tion of NATS ignition keyIDS. Refer to “NATS(Nissan Anti-theft System)”,EC-75.

qI

H

H

H

H H

H

H



EC-98

qG

H

qI

CHECK IGNITION TIMING1. Start engine and warm it up to normal oper-

ating temperature.2. Check ignition timing at idle using a timing

light.M/T: 5°±5° BTDC

OK

ENG ADJUST CAMSHAFT POSI-

TION SENSOR1. Start engine and warm it up

to normal operating tem-perature.

With CONSULT-II

2. Select “TARGET IGN TIMADJ” in “WORK SUP-PORT”.

3. Touch start.4. Adjust camshaft position

sensor using timing light.M/T: 5°±5° BTDC

Without CONSULT-II

2. Disconnect throttle positionsensor harness connector.

3. Adjust camshaft positionsensor using timing light.M/T: 5°±5° BTDC

4. If OK, reconnect throttleposition sensor harnessconnector.

OK NG

HqJ

Model with three way catalyst: qM

Model without three way catalyst: qN

CHECK TIMING CHAININSTALLATIONCheck timing chain installation.Refer to “TIMING CHAIN” inEM section.

NG

Repair the timing chain instal-lation.

qH

SEC563C

SEC190D

H

H

H

H

H



EC-99

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qL

CHECK IGNITION TIMING.1. Start engine and let it idle.2. Check ignition timing at idle

using a timing light.M/T: 5°±5° BTDC

NG

EOK Model with three way catalyst:

qM

Model without three way cata-lyst: qN

FqM

H

PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUMELEARNING.Refer to “Idle Air VolumeLearning”, EC-71.Which is the result CMPLT orINCMP?

CMPLT

EINCMP 1. Follow the construction of

“Idle Air Volume Learning”.

qN

H

E

CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEEDAGAIN

With CONSULT-II

1. Start engine and warm it up tonormal operating temperature.

2. Select “ENG SPEED” in “DATAMONITOR” mode with CON-SULT-II.


Without CONSULT-II

1. Start engine and warm it up tonormal operating temperature.


OK

ENG CHECK ECM FUNCTION.

1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECMfunction. (ECM may be thecause of a problem, but thisis rarely the case.)

2. Perform initialization ofNATS system and registra-tion of NATS ignition keyIDs. Refer to “NATS (NissanAnti-theft System)”, EC-75.

qO

SEC563C

H

H

H

H



EC-100

qO

CHECK IGNITION TIMING.1. Start engine and let it idle.2. Check ignition timing at idle using

a timing light.M/T: 5°±5° BTDC

OK

ENG ADJUST CAMSHAFT POSI-

TION SENSOR1. Start engine and warm it up

to normal operating tempera-ture.

With CONSULT-II

2. Select “TARGET IGN TIMADJ” in “WORK SUPPORT”.

3. Touch start.4. Adjust camshaft position sen-

sor using timing light.M/T: 5°±5° BTDC

Without CONSULT-II

2. Disconnect throttle positionsensor harness connector.

3. Adjust camshaft position sen-sor using timing light.M/T: 5°±5° BTDC

4. If OK, reconnect throttle posi-tion sensor harness connec-tor.

OK NG

Model with three way catalyst: qP

Model without three way catalyst: qQ

qM

HCHECK CHAIN INSTALLATIONCheck timing chain installation.Refer to “TIMING CHAIN” in EMsection.If NG, replace the timing chaininstallation.

OK

qN

NG

HqM

SEC563C

SEC190D

H

H

H

H



EC-101

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qP

With three waycatalyst

Set the diagnostic test mode II (Heated oxygensensor 1 monitor). Refer to EC-76.

Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 min-utes under no-load.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 SIG-NAL.

With CONSULT-II

1. See “HO2S1 MNTR” in “DATA MONITOR”mode.

2. Maintaining engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is warmed up to normal operat-ing temperature), check that the monitor fluc-tuates between “LEAN” and “RICH” morethan 5 times during 10 seconds.1 cycle: RICH → LEAN → RICH2 cycles: RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN

→ RICH---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Without CONSULT-II

Make sure that malfunction indicator lamp goeson and off more than 5 times during 10 secondsat 2,000 rpm.

OK

ENG Check oxygen sensor and the

circuit.

OK

F

qR

HERASE UNNECESSARY DTC.After this inspection, unnecessary DTC No.might be displayed.Erase the stored memory in ECM and TCM(Transmission control module).Refer to “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RE-LATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION, EC-73.

OK

INSPECTION END

SAT652J

H

H

H

H

H



EC-102

qQ

CHECK IDLE CO%Check the CO% by inserting a CO metersampling probe into the tail pipe.CO%: 2±1%

OK

ENG

ADJUST IDLE CO%

With CONSULT-II

1. Start engine and warm itup to normal operatingtemperature.

2. Select “CO ADJUST-MENT” in “WORK SUP-PORT” mode with CON-SULT-II.

3. Select “START”.4. When “CO ADJUST-

MENT” is displayed,confirm idle speed iswithin the standard andadjust until the CO valuemeets the standard.

I When CO value is toohigh: Press “Qd” or“DOWN” button

I When CO value is toolow: Press “Qu” or “UP”button

NOTE:Once CO adjustment but-ton is pressed, wait untilthe CO meter measure-ment result comes up. Itmay take some timebecause of the time lagexisting between pressingCO adjustment button andactual CO alteration. Ifnecessary, press adjust-ment button again andrepeat the procedure untilit reaches the standard.5. After confirming CO

adjustment value iswithin the standard,press “UP DATE” button.

NOTE:By pressing “UP DATE”button, CO adjustmentvalue is written into hardmemory inside the ECM.Please note that if theCONSULT-II display isreturned to initial menuwithout pressing the “UPDATE” button, the adjustedCO value is ignored.

F

Go to qR .

SEC884C

SEC885C

H

H



EC-103

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Fail-Safe ChartThe ECM enters fail-safe mode, if any of the following malfunctions are detected due to the open or short cir-cuit.When the ECM enters the ECM fail-safe mode listed in the last column below, the MIL illuminates.

DTC No. ECM* Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

P0100 0100 Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

P0115 0115 Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch“ON” or “START”.CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.

P0120 0120 Throttle position will be determined based on the amount of mass air flow and the engine speed.Therefore, acceleration will be poor.

*: In Diagnostic Test Model II (Self-diagnostic results)

ConditionEngine coolant temperature decided

(CONSULT-II display)

Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)

More than 6 minutes after ignition START 80°C (176°F)

Except as shown above20 - 80°C (68 - 176°F)(Depends on the time)

Driving condition

When engine is idling Normal

When accelerating Poor acceleration

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — General Description TB48DE M/T

EC-104

Symptom Matrix Chart

SYSTEM— Basic engine control system

SYMPTOM

Reference page

HA

RD

/NO

STA

RT

/RE

STA

RT

(EX

CP.

HA

)

EN

GIN

ES

TALL

HE

SIT

AT

ION

/SU

RG

ING

/FLA

TS

PO

T

SP

AR

KK

NO

CK

/DE

TO

NA

TIO

N

LAC

KO

FP

OW

ER

/PO

OR

AC

CE

LER

AT

ION

HIG

HID

LE/L

OW

IDLE

RO

UG

HID

LE/H

UN

TIN

G

IDLI

NG

VIB

RA

TIO

N

SLO

W/N

OR

ET

UR

NT

OID

LE

OV

ER

HE

AT

S/W

AT

ER

TE

MP

ER

AT

UR

EH

IGH

EX

CE

SS

IVE

FU

EL

CO

NS

UM

PT

ION

EX

CE

SS

IVE

OIL

CO

NS

UM

PT

ION

OV

ER

CO

OLS

OV

ER

CH

AR

GIN

G

BA

TT

ER

YD

EA

D(U

ND

ER

CH

AR

GE

)

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM 1P 1X HA

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 EC-235

Fuel pressure regulator system 2 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-68

Injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 EC-228

Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-64

Air Positive crankcase ventilation system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-67

Incorrect idle speed adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 EC-70

IACV-AAC valve circuit 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-200

Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-70

Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-177

Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 EC-126

Cooling Cooling fan circuit 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 EC-159

Air conditioner circuit 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 HA section

1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.


EC-105

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

SYSTEM— Engine control system

SYMPTOM

Reference page

HA

RD

/NO

STA

RT

/RE

STA

RT

(EX

CP.

HA

)

EN

GIN

ES

TALL

HE

SIT

AT

ION

/SU

RG

ING

/FLA

TS

PO

T

SP

AR

KK

NO

CK

/DE

TO

NA

TIO

N

LAC

KO

FP

OW

ER

/PO

OR

AC

CE

LER

AT

ION

HIG

HID

LE/L

OW

IDLE

RO

UG

HID

LE/H

UN

TIN

G

IDLI

NG

VIB

RA

TIO

N

SLO

W/N

OR

ET

UR

NT

OID

LE

OV

ER

HE

AT

S/W

AT

ER

TE

MP

ER

AT

UR

EH

IGH

EX

CE

SS

IVE

FU

EL

CO

NS

UM

PT

ION

EX

CE

SS

IVE

OIL

CO

NS

UM

PT

ION

OV

ER

CO

OLS

OV

ER

CH

AR

GIN

G

BA

TT

ER

YD

EA

D(U

ND

ER

CH

AR

GE

)


Engine con-trol

Camshaft position sensor circuit 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 EC-159

Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-131

Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 1 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 EC-136

Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-141

Incorrect throttle position sensor adjust-ment

2 3 3 1 3 1 1 3 EC-93

Intake valve timing control system 3 3 2 3 3 3 EC-211

Vehicle speed sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-197

Knock sensor circuit 2 2 2 3 EC-155

ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-104

Start signal circuit 2 EC-232

Park/Neutral position switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-216

Variable Induction Air Control (VIAS) sys-tem

2 EC-224

Electrical load signal circuit 2 3 3 EC-245

Power steering oil pressure switch circuit 2 3 3 EC-241



Symptom Matrix Chart (Cont’d)

EC-106

SYSTEM— Engine mechanical & other

SYMPTOM

Reference page

HA

RD

/NO

STA

RT

/RE

STA

RT

(EX

CP.

HA

)

EN

GIN

ES

TALL

HE

SIT

AT

ION

/SU

RG

ING

/FLA

TS

PO

T

SP

AR

KK

NO

CK

/DE

TO

NA

TIO

N

LAC

KO

FP

OW

ER

/PO

OR

AC

CE

LER

AT

ION

HIG

HID

LE/L

OW

IDLE

RO

UG

HID

LE/H

UN

TIN

G

IDLI

NG

VIB

RA

TIO

N

SLO

W/N

OR

ET

UR

NT

OID

LE

OV

ER

HE

AT

S/W

AT

ER

TE

MP

ER

AT

UR

EH

IGH

EX

CE

SS

IVE

FU

EL

CO

NS

UM

PT

ION

EX

CE

SS

IVE

OIL

CO

NS

UM

PT

ION

OV

ER

CO

OLS

OV

ER

CH

AR

GIN

G

BA

TT

ER

YD

EA

D(U

ND

ER

CH

AR

GE

)


Fuel Fuel tank 5

5

FE section

Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

—

Vapor lock

Valve deposit5 5 5 5 5 5 5Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, Low

octane)

Air Air duct 5

5 5 5 5 5 5

Air cleaner

Air leakage from air duct(Mass air flow sensor — throttle body)

5 5 5 5 5Throttle body, Throttle wire FE section

Air leakage from intake manifold/Collector/Gasket

—

Cranking Battery1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

EL sectionAlternator circuit

Starter circuit 3

PNP switch 4 AT section

Flywheel 6 EM section

Engine Cylinder head

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

EM section

Cylinder head gasket 4

6Cylinder block

Piston

Piston ring

Connecting rod

Bearing

Crankshaft 6

Valvemechanism

Timing chain 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Camshaft 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

Intake valve6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Exhaust valve

ExhaustExhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/Gasket 5 5 5 5 5

EM section &FE section

Three way catalyst* 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 FE section

Lubrication Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil filter/Oilgallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

LC section

Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil

Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap

5 5 5 5 4 5

Thermostat 2

Water pump

Water gallery

Cooling fan 2 EC section

Coolant level (low)/Contaminated coolant MA section

NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)1 1

EC-75 or ELsection




EC-107

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode

Remarks:I Specification data are reference values.I Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.

* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data

in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by theECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.

I If the real-time diagnosis results are NG and the on board diagnostic system results are OK when diagnosing the mass air flowsensor, first check to see if the fuel pump control circuit is normal.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

ENG SPEEDI Tachometer: ConnectI Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II value.

Almost the same speed as the CON-SULT-II value.

MAS A/F SE-B1

I Engine: After warming upI Air conditioner switch: OFFI Shift lever: NI No-load

Idle Approx. 1.1 - 1.5V

2,500 rpm Approx. 1.7 - 2.4V

COOLAN TEMP/S I Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)

HO2S1 (B1)*HO2S1 (B2)*

I Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V +, Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)*HO2S1 MNTR (B2)*

I Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpmLEAN +, RICHChanges more than 5 times during 10seconds.

VHCL SPEED SEI Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CONSULT-II

value.Almost the same speed as the CON-SULT-II value

BATTERY VOLT I Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V

THRTL POS SENI Ignition switch: ON(Engine stopped)I Shift lever: N

Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.15 - 0.85V (a)

Throttle valve: partially open Between (a) and (b)

Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.5 - 4.7V (b)

START SIGNAL I Ignition switch: ON , START , ON OFF , ON , OFF

CLSD THL POSI Ignition switch: ONI Shift lever: N

Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF

AIR COND SIGI Engine: After warming up, idle the

engine

Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF

Air conditioner switch: ON(Compressor operates.)

ON

P/N POSI SW I Ignition switch: ONShift lever: Neutral ON

Shift lever: Except above OFF

PW/ST SIGNALI Engine: After warming up, idle the

engine

Steering wheel is in neutral position.(Forward direction)

OFF

Steering wheel is turned. ON

LOAD SIGNAL I Ignition switch: ON

Rear window defogger switch is ONand/or lighting switch is in 2nd.

ON

Rear window defogger switch is OFFand lighting switch is OFF.

OFF

AMB TEMP SWI Ignition switch: ONI Compare ambient air temperature with

the following:

Below 19°C (66°F) OFF

Above 25°C (77°F) ON

IGNITION SW I Ignition switch: ON , OFF , ON ON , OFF , ON

A/C PRESS SW I Engine: Running

A/C pressure is more than 1,422 - 1,618kPa (14.5 - 16.5 kg/cm2, 206 - 235 psi).

ON

A/C pressure is less than 1,128 - 1,422kPa (11.5 - 14.5 kg/cm2, 164 - 206 psi).

OFF

INJ PULSE-B1

I Engine: After warming upI Shift lever: NI Air conditioner switch: OFFI No-load

Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec

2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec


EC-108


IGN TIMING


Idle 3° - 7° BTDC

2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC

A/F ALPHA-B1*A/F ALPHA-B2*

I Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm 54% - 155%

CAL/LD VALUE


Idle 10% - 35%

2,500 rpm 10% - 35%

ABSOL TH⋅P/S

I Engine: After warming up, idle theengine

Throttle valve: fully closed 0.0%

I Engine: After warming upI Ignition switch: ON

(Engine stopped)Throttle valve: fully opened 80.0%

IACV-AAC/V

I Engine: After warming upI Air conditioner switch: OFFI Shift lever: “N”I No-load

Idle 5 - 20 steps

2,000 rpm —

PURG VOL C/V


Idle 0.0%

2,000 rpm —

VIAS S/V I Engine: After warming upIdle OFF

More than 5,000 rpm ON

AIR COND RLYI Engine: After warming up, idle the

engine


Air conditioner switch: ON(Compressor operates)

ON

FUEL PUMP RLY

I For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch ONI Engine running or cranking

ON

I Except above conditions OFF

COOLING FANI After warming up engine, idle the

engine.I Air conditioner switch: OFF

Engine coolant temperature is 94°C(201°F) or less.

OFF

Engine coolant temperature is between95°C (203°F) and 104°C (219°F).

LOW

Engine coolant temperature is 105°C(221°F) or more.

HIGH

HO2S1 HTR (B1)*HO2S1 HTR (B2)*

I Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm ON

I Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF

*: Models with three way catalyst


CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode (Cont’d)

EC-109

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data MonitorMode

The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.

THRTL POS SEN, ABSOL TH-P/S, CLSD THL POSBelow is the data for “THRTL POS SEN”, “ABSOL TH-P/S” and “CLSD THL POS” when depressing theaccelerator pedal with the ignition switch “ON”.The signal of “THRTL POS SEN” and “ABSOL TH-P/S” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop orrise after “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.

ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL POS SEN, INJ PULSE-B1Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “THRTL POS SEN” and “INJ PULSE” when revvingengine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine to normal operating temperature.Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.

SEF171ZA

SEF241Y


EC-110

SEF259QB


Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data MonitorMode (Cont’d)

EC-111

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout

ECM Terminals and Reference ValuePREPARATION1. ECM is located behind the center console. For this inspection,

remove fuse box cover.2. Remove ECM harness protector.

3. Perform all voltage measurements with the connector con-nected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily.

I Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.I Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.I Data is for comparison and may not be exact.

PBIB0075E

SEC669CA

MEC486B


EC-112

ECM INSPECTION TABLESpecification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.CAUTION:Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-age to the ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TERMINALNO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC voltage)

567131415

BR/WGY/LBR/YGY/RBRGY

Injector No. 1Injector No. 2Injector No. 3Injector No. 4Injector No. 5Injector No. 6

Engine is running.

Warm-up conditionIdle speed

BATTERY VOLTAGE(11 - 14V)*1

SEC670C

Engine is running.

Warm-up conditionEngine speed is 2,000 rpm.


SEC671C

8 G/YHeated oxygensensor 1 heater(bank 1)*2

Engine is running.

Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.0 - 1.0V

Engine is running.

Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm.

BATTERY VOLTAGE(11 - 14V)

9 L/RHeated oxygensensor 1 heater(bank 2)*2

Engine is running.


Engine is running.




ECM Terminals and Reference Value (Cont’d)

EC-113

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

TERMINALNO.

WIRECOLOR


181920212930

Y/RGYR/BR/GR

Ignition signal No. 1Ignition signal No. 2Ignition signal No. 3Ignition signal No. 4Ignition signal No. 5Ignition signal No. 6

Engine is running.


0 - 0.1V*1

SEC672C

Engine is running.


0 - 0.2V*1

SEC673C

22 LRear air conditionerrelay (Rear coolercut relay)

Engine is running.

Both A/C switch and blower switch are“ON” (Compressor operates).

0 - 1.0V

Engine is running.

A/C switch is “OFF”.


24 Y/L Air conditioner relay

Engine is running


0 - 1.0V

Engine is running.



27 LG/RVIAS control sole-noid valve

Engine is running.

Idle speed


Engine is running.

Engine speed is above 5,000 rpm.0 - 1.0V

35 Y/G MIL

Ignition switch “ON” 0 - 1.0V

Engine is running.

Idle speed




EC-114

TERMINALNO.

WIRECOLOR


38 Y/B Tachometer signal

Engine is running.


3 - 6V*1

SEC674C

Engine is running.

Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

3 - 6V*1

SEC675C

40*441*3

R/Y Fuel pump relay

Ignition switch “ON”

For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch“ON”

Engine is running.

0 - 1.0V


More than 5 seconds after turning ignitionswitch “ON”


42 B/YECM relay(Self shut-off)

Engine is running.

Ignition switch “OFF”

For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch“OFF”

0 - 1.0V


5 seconds passed after turning ignitionswitch “OFF”


48495051

L/WL/RL/YG/Y

IACV-AAC valveEngine is running.

Idle speed0.1 - 14V



EC-115

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

TERMINALNO.

WIRECOLOR


52 P/LVehicle speed sen-sor

Engine is running.

Jack up all wheelsIn 1st gear position4 km/h (2 MPH)

Approx. 2.5V

SEC680C

Engine is running.

Jack up all wheelsIn 2nd gear position

Approx. 2.0V

SEC681C

53 W/G Ignition switch

Ignition switch “OFF” 0V

Ignition switch “ON”BATTERY VOLTAGE(11 - 14V)

54 W/BEVAP canisterpurge volume con-trol solenoid valve

Engine is running.

Idle speed


SEC676C

Engine is running.

Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (Morethan 100 seconds after starting engine).


SEC677C

55 L/BCooling fan relay(High)

Engine is running.

Cooling fan is operating at high speed.0 - 1.0V

Engine is running.

Cooling fan is not operating.


56 LCooling fan relay(Low)

Engine is running.

Cooling fan is operating.0 - 1.0V

Engine is running.





EC-116

TERMINALNO.

WIRECOLOR


59 R/W Start signalIgnition switch “ON” Approximately 0V

Ignition switch “START” 9 - 14V

60 W/PUTransfer switch(2WD/4WD)


Transfer gear position is “2H”Approx. 0.05V


Transfer gear position is “4H”



Transfer gear position is “4L”Approx. 0.05V

62*463*4

LCamshaft positionsensor (REF signal)

Engine is running.


Approx. 0.3 - 0.6V*1

SEC682C

Engine is running.

Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

Approx. 0.4 - 0.5V*1

SEC683C

63*3 B/WCamshaft positionsensor (POS sig-nal)

Engine is running.


2.6 - 2.7V*1

SEC678C

Engine is running.


2.5 - 2.6V*1

SEC679C

71 LGThrottle positionswitch (Closedposition)


Accelerator pedal fully released



Accelerator pedal fully depressed.Approx. 0V



EC-117

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

TERMINALNO.

WIRECOLOR


79 OR/LPower steering oilpressure switch

Engine is running.

Steering wheel is being turned.Approx. 0V

Engine is running.

Steering wheel is not being turned.Approx. 5V

80 R/PU PNP switch


Gear position is Neutral.Approximately 0V


Except the above gear positionApproximately 5V

83*384*3


Engine is running. (Warm-up condition)

Idle speed

Approx. 0.3 - 0.6V*1

SEC682C

Engine is running.


Approx. 0.3 - 0.6V*1

SEC683C


Engine is running.


Approx. 2.6 - 2.7V*1

SEC678C

Engine is running.


Approx. 2.5 - 2.6V*1

SEC679C

86 LG/BAir conditionerswitch

Engine is running.

Both air conditioner switch and blowerswitch are “ON”. (Compressor operates.)

Approx. 0V

Engine is running.

Air conditioner switch is “OFF”.




EC-118

TERMINALNO.

WIRECOLOR


89 B Sensors’ ground

Engine is running.


Approximately 0V

91 W/GMass air flow sen-sor

Engine is running.


0.75 - 1.2V

Engine is running.


1.7 - 2.4V

95 WPower supply forECM (Buck-up)

Ignition switch “OFF”BATTERY VOLTAGE(11 - 14V)

96 W/RRear window defog-ger switch

Engine is running.

Rear defogger switch is “OFF”0V

Engine is running.

Rear defogger switch is “ON”


97 L/B Headlamp switch

Engine is running.

Headlamp switch is “ON”


Engine is running.

Headlamp switch is “OFF”0V

103 YSensors’ powersupply

Ignition switch “ON” Approximately 5V

108 GThrottle positionsensor

Completely closed (a) 0.15 - 0.85V

Partially open Between (a) and (b)

Completely open (b) 3.5 - 4.7V

109 B/WMass air flow sen-sor ground

Engine is running.


Approximately 0V

114 R/LHeated oxygensensor 1 (bank 1)*2

Engine is running.


0 - Approximately 1.0V (Peri-odically change)

115 L/WHeated oxygensensor 1 (bank 2)*2

Engine is running.



121 LG/BEngine coolant tem-perature sensor

Engine is running.Approximately 0 - 4.8VOutput voltage varies withengine coolant temperature.

125126

WW

Knock sensor(Bank 1)Knock sensor(Bank 2)

Engine is running.

Idle speedApproximately 2.5V



EC-119

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

TERMINALNO.

WIRECOLOR


152 RIntake valve timingcontrol solenoidvalve

Engine is running.


BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 -14V)

Engine is running.

Warm-up conditionTransmission in any gear position except“N”Accelerator pedal depressed.

Approx. 0.3V

156159165168

BBBB

ECM groundEngine is running.

Idle speedEngine ground

163166

RR

Power supply forECM


164 PU Data link connectorIgnition switch “ON”

CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected.


*1: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)*2: Model with three way catalyst*3: Model with NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)*4: Model without NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)



EC-120

DescriptionThe specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)”mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI-TOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one ormore malfunctions.The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light theMIL.The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:I B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor-

rection)I A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)I MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)

Testing ConditionI Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,100 miles)I Barometric pressure: 101.3 kPa (1,013 mbar, 760.0 mmHg, 29.92 inHg)±3 kPa (30 mbar, 22.5 mmHg, 0.89

inHg)I Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)I Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)I Transmission: Warmed-up*1I Electrical load: Not applied*2I Engine speed: Idle*1: For A/T or CVT models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until“FLUID TEMP SE” (A/T or CVT fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates less than 0.9V. For M/T models, drivevehicle for 5 minutes after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are “OFF”. Cooling fans are not oper-ating. Steering wheel is straight ahead.

Inspection ProcedureNOTE:Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale dis-play.1. Perform “Basic Inspection”, EC-93.2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”*, “A/F ALPHA-B2”*

and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode withCONSULT-II.

4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.5. If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-122.*: Model with three way catalyst

SEF601Z

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — SPECIFICATION VALUE TB48DE M/T

EC-121

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Diagnostic Procedure

SEF613ZA


EC-122

SEF768Z


Diagnostic Procedure (Cont’d)

EC-123

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

SEF615Z



EC-124

DescriptionIntermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the problem resolves itself (the part or circuit functionreturns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the custom-er’s complaint often do not recur on DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrencesis poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may not beclear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the spe-cific problem area.

COMMON I/I REPORT SITUATIONS

STEP in Work Flow Situation

II The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0” or “1t”.

III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.

IV DTC data does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.

VI The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the problem area.


1 INSPECTION START

Erase DTCs. Refer to “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION” (EC-73).

E GO TO 2.

2 CHECK GROUND TERMINALS

Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. Refer to GI section, “GROUND INSPECTION”.

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 3.

NG E Repair or replace.

3 SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT

Perform GI section, “Incident Simulation Tests”.

OK or NG

OK E INSPECTION END


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENTINCIDENT TB48DE M/T

EC-125

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Main Power Supply and Ground CircuitECM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUESpecification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.CAUTION:Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-age to the ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

42 B/Y ECM relay (Self-shutoff)

Engine is running.



0 - 1.0V


A few seconds passed after turning ignitionswitch “OFF”





95 W Power supply (Back-up) Ignition switch “OFF”BATTERY VOLTAGE(11 - 14V)

156159165168

B ECM groundEngine is running.


163166

B/R Power supply for ECM Ignition switch “ON”BATTERY VOLTAGE(11 - 14V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY TB48DE M/T

EC-126

TEC143M



EC-127

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

TEC144M



EC-128

INSPECTION START

Start engine.Is engine running?

Yes

ENo

CHECK POWER SUP-PLY-I.1. Turn ignition switch

“ON”.2. Check voltage between

ECM terminal q53 andground with CONSULT-IIor tester.Voltage: Battery volt-age

If NG, check the following.I 10A fuseI Harness connectors

M52 , F7I Harness for open or

short between ECM andfuse

If NG, repair harness orconnectors.

OK

Go to “CHECK GROUNDCIRCUIT” on next page.

CHECK POWER SUPPLY-II.1. Stop engine.2. Check voltage between ECM terminal

q95 and ground with CONSULT-II ortester.Voltage: Battery voltage

OK

ENG

Check the following.I Harness connectors

E127 , M21I Harness connectors

M52 , F7I 10A fuseI Harness for open or

short between ECM andbattery


CHECK POWER SUPPLY-III.1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and then turn

“OFF”.2. Check voltage between ECM terminals

163 , 166 , and ground with CON-SULT-II or tester.Voltage:After turning ignition switch “OFF”,battery voltage will exist for a fewseconds, then drop to approximately0V.

NG

EOK


Case-1: Battery voltage doesnot exist.

Case-2: Battery voltage existsfor more than a fewseconds.

Case-1 ECase-2

Go to “CHECK ECMRELAY” on next page.

qA

SEC817C

SEC818C

SEC819C

SEC684CA

H

H

H

H

H



EC-129

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qA

CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITYBETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM.1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.2. Disconnect ECM relay.3. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminals 163 , 166 and terminal q6 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK

ENG



short between ECM andECM relay

If NG, repair open circuit,short to ground or short topower in harness or con-nectors.

CHECK VOLTAGE BETWEEN ECMRELAY AND GROUND.Check voltage between terminals q2 , q7and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.Voltage: Battery voltage

OK

ENG


E127 , M21I 10A and 15A fuseI Harness for open or

short between ECM relayand battery


CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.Check harness continuity between ECMterminal q42 and relay terminal q1 .Refer to wiring diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short to groundand short to power.

OK

ENG





CHECK ECM RELAY.1. Apply 12V direct current between relay

terminals q1 and q2 .2. Check continuity between relay termi-

nals q6 and q7 , q3 and q5 .12V (q1 - q2 ) applied:

Continuity exists.No voltage applied:

No continuity

OK

ENG

Replace ECM relay.

CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Loosen and retighten engine ground

screws.3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.4. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminals 156 , 159 , 165 , 168 andengine ground.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short to power.

OK

ENG

Check the following.I Joint connector-7I Harness for open or

short between ECM andground

Repair open circuit, shortto power in harness orconnectors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT.Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FORINTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-125.

INSPECTION END

SEC685C

PBIB0077E

SEC821C

H

H

H

H

H

H

H



EC-130

Component DescriptionThe mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. Itmeasures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entireintake flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electriccurrent from the ECM. The temperature of the hot wire is controlledby the ECM a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wireis reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, thegreater the heat loss.Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to the hotwire as air flow increases. This maintains the temperature of the hotwire. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.


Remarks: Specification data are reference values.


MAS A/F SE-B1

I Engine: After warming upI Air conditioner switch: “OFF”I Shift lever: Neutral positionI No-load

Idle 1.1 - 1.5V

2,500 rpm 1.7 - 2.4V

ECM Terminals and Reference ValueSpecification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.CAUTION:Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-age to the ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

91 W/G Mass air flow sensor


Idle speed1.1 - 1.5V


Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.1.7 - 2.4V

109 B/WMass air flow sensorground


Idle speedApproximately 0V

On Board Diagnosis Logic

DTC No. Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause)P01000100

A) An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sentto ECM when engine is not running.

I Harness or connectors(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

I Mass air flow sensorC) A voltage from the sensor is constantly approx. 1.0Vwhen engine is running.

B) An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sentto ECM* when engine is running.


I Intake air leaksI Mass air flow sensor

*: When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

Fail-Safe Mode

Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuelcut.

SEC688C

DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR TB48DE M/T

EC-131

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

DTC Confirmation ProcedureNOTE:If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previouslyconducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least10 seconds before conducting the next test.

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION AWith CONSULT-II

1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3) Wait at least 2 seconds.4) If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-134.

Without CONSULT-II1) Turn ignition switch “ON”, and wait at least 2 seconds.2) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then

turn “ON”.3) Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)” with

ECM.4) If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-134.

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND CWith CONSULT-II

1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3) Start engine and wait 2 seconds at most.4 If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-134.

Without CONSULT-II1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.2) Start engine and wait 2 seconds at most.3) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then



SEF058Y

SEF058Y


EC-132

Wiring Diagram

TEC146M


EC-133

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


INSPECTION START

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Loosen and retighten engine ground

screws.

OK

CHECK POWER SUPPLY.1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor har-

ness connector.2. Turn ignition switch “ON”.3. Check voltage between terminals q2 ,

q4 and ground with CONSULT-II ortester.

OK

ENG Check the following.

I Harness connectorsM52 , F7

I Harness for open orshort between mass airflow sensor and ECMrelay

I Harness for open orshort between mass airflow sensor and ECM


CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.3. Check harness continuity between ter-

minal q3 and ECM terminal 109 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK

ENG Repair open circuit, short

to ground or short to powerin harness or connectors.

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.Check harness continuity between MAFsensor terminal q1 and ECM terminal q91 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short to groundand short to power.

OK



CHECK COMPONENT(Mass air flow sensor).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-135.

OK

ENG Replace mass air flow sen-

sor.

qA

Terminal Voltage

2 Approximately 5V

4 BATTERY VOLTAGE

SEC690C

SEC688C

PBIB0076E

H

H

H

H

H

H


EC-134

qA

CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT.1. Remove joint connector-7 F40 .2. Check the following.

I Continuity between joint connectorterminal q3 and ground

I Joint connector(Refer to “HARNESS LAYOUT” in ELsection.)

Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short to power.Then reconnect joint connector.

OK


I Joint connector-7 F40

I Harness for open orshort between joint con-nector-7 and engineground



INSPECTION END

Component InspectionMASS AIR FLOW SENSOR1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.3. Check voltage between ECM terminal q91 and ground.

Conditions Voltage V

Ignition switch “ON” (Engine stopped.) Approx. 1.0

Idle (Engine is warmed-up sufficiently.) 1.1 - 1.5

2,500 rpm 1.7 - 2.4

Idle to about 4,000 rpm* 1.1 - 1.5 to Approx. 4.0

*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to increase to about 4,000 rpm in enginespeed.

4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.I Turn ignition switch “OFF”.I Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and recon-

nect it again.I Perform steps 2 and 3 again.5. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot film

for damage or dust.6. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.

PBIB0078E

SEC691C

H

H

H



EC-135

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component DescriptionThe engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the enginecoolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from theECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine cool-ant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sen-sitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of thethermistor decreases as temperature increases.

<Reference data>

Engine coolant tempera-ture

°C (°F)

Voltage*(V)

Resistance(kΩ)

−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.420 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9

50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.0090 (194) 1.0 0.236 - 0.260

*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal121 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.

CAUTION:Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM’stransistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as theground.





DiagnosticTrouble Code

No.Malfunction is detected when ...

Check Items(Possible Cause)

P01150115

I An excessively high or low voltage from the sensor issent to ECM.*


I Engine coolant temperature sensor

*: When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and MIL lights up.

SEF594K

SEF012P

DC P0115 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT)SENSOR (CIRCUIT) TB48DE M/T

EC-136

Fail-Safe Mode


Engine coolant tempera-ture sensor circuit

Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch“ON” or “START”.CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.

ConditionEngine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-II

display)


More than approx. 4 minutes after turning ignitionswitch ON or START

80°C (176°F)


When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operateswhile the engine is running.


With CONSULT-II1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3) Wait at least 5 seconds.4) If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-139.

Without CONSULT-II1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 5 seconds.2) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then



SEF013Y


EC-137

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC147M


EC-138


INSPECTION START

CHECK POWER SUPPLY.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature

sensor harness connector.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between terminal q2 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester.Voltage:

Approximately 5V

OK

ENG Repair harness or connec-

tors.

CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Check harness continuity between ter-

minal q1 and engine ground.Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK


I Harness for open orshort between ECM andengine coolant tempera-ture sensor


CHECK COMPONENT(Engine coolant temperature sensor).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-140.

OK

ENG Replace engine coolant

temperature sensor.


INSPECTION END

SEC689C

SEF645R

H

H

H

H

H


EC-139

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component InspectionENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSORCheck resistance as shown in the figure.

<Reference data>

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9

50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00

90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260

If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

SEF152P

SEF012P


EC-140

Component DescriptionThe throttle position sensor responds to the accelerator pedal movement. This sensor is a kind of potentiom-eter which transforms the throttle position into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. Inaddition, the sensor detects the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signalto the ECM.Idle position of the throttle valve is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the throttle position sen-sor. This sensor controls engine operation such as fuel cut. On the other hand, the “Wide open and closedthrottle position switch”, which is built into the throttle position sensor unit, is not used for engine control.


Specification data are reference values.


THRTL POS SENI Ignition switch: ON

(Engine stopped)

Throttle valve: fully closed 0.15 - 0.85V (a)

Throttle valve: partially opened Between (a) and (b)

Throttle valve: fully opened 3.5 - 4.7V (b)

ABSOL TH⋅P/S

I Engine: After warming up, idlethe engine

Throttle valve: fully closed 0.0%

I Engine: After warming upI Ignition switch: ON

(Engine stopped)Throttle valve: fully opened Approx. 80%

SEC692C

DTC P0120 THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR TB48DE M/T

EC-141

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


TERMI-NALNO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)


Engine is running.

Warm up conditionIdle speed

Approximately 0V

103 Y Sensors’ power supply Ignition switch “ON” Approximately 5V

108 G Throttle position sensor

Engine is running.

Warm-up conditionAccelerator pedal fully released

0.15 - 0.85V


Accelerator pedal fully depressed3.5 - 4.7V


DTC No. Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause)

P01200120

An excessively low or high voltage from the sensor issent to ECM* while driving.

I Harness or connectors(The throttle position sensor circuit is open orshorted.)

I Throttle position sensor

*: When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

Fail-Safe Mode


Throttle position sensorcircuit

Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine speed.Therefore, acceleration will be poor.

Condition Driving condition



DTC Confirmation ProcedureNOTE:If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted,always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 secondsbefore conducting the next test.CAUTION:Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.TESTING CONDITION:I This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in

the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expectedto be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.


EC-142

With CONSULT-II1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode

with CONSULT-II.2) Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least

2 consecutive seconds.

VHCL SPEED SE More than 4 km/h (2 MPH)

Selector lever Suitable position except “N” or “P”position

3) If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-145.

Without CONSULT-II1) Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least

2 consecutive seconds.

Vehicle speed More than 4 km/h (2 MPH)

Selector lever Suitable position except “N” or “P”position

2) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and thenturn “ON”.

3) Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)” withECM.


SEF175Y


DTC Confirmation Procedure (Cont’d)

EC-143

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC154M


EC-144


INSPECTION START


screws.

OK

CHECK POWER SUPPLY.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect throttle position sensor har-

ness connector.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between terminal q3 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester.Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK


I Harness for open orshort between throttleposition sensor and ECM


CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Check harness continuity between

throttle position sensor harness connec-tor terminal q1 and ECM terminal q89 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK

ENG If NG, repair open circuit,

short to ground or short topower in harness or con-nectors.

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.2. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminal 108 and terminal q2 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK


I Harness for open orshort between throttleposition sensor and ECM


qA

SEC690C

SEC562C

SEF582V

H

H

H

H

H


EC-145

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qA

CHECK COMPONENT(Throttle position sensor).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-146.

OK

ENG

Replace throttle positionsensor. To adjust it, per-form BASIC INSPECTION,EC-93.




Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short to power.Then reconnect joint connector.

OK

ENG

Check the following.I Joint connector-7 F40I Harness for open or

short between joint con-nector-7 and engineground



INSPECTION END

Component InspectionTHROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

With CONSULT-II1) Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.2) Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.3) Turn ignition switch ON.4) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.5) Check voltage of “THRTL POS SEN” under the following con-

ditions.NOTE:Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sen-sor installed in vehicle.

Throttle valve conditions Voltage (V)

Completely closed 0.15 - 0.85 (a)


Completely open 3.5 - 4.7 (b)

If NG, adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to “BasicInspection”, EC-93.

6) If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in“Basic Inspection”, replace throttle position sensor.

SEF179Y

H

H

H

H



EC-146

Without CONSULT-II1) Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.2) Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.3) Turn ignition switch ON.4) Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 (Throttle position

sensor signal) and ground under the following conditions.NOTE:Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sen-sor installed in vehicle.


Completely closed 0.15 - 0.85 (a)


Completely open 3.5 - 4.7 (b)


5) If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in“Basic Inspection”, replace throttle position sensor.

SEC826C


Component Inspection (Cont’d)

EC-147

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component DescriptionThe heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. Itdetects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to theoutside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tubemade of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage fromapproximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions.The heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECMadjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuelratio. The ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1Vto 0V.




HO2S1 (B1)HO2S1 (B2)

I Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm

0 - 0.3V ) 0.6 - 1.0V

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)HO2S1 MNTR (B2)

LEAN ) RICHChanges more than 5 timesduring 10 seconds.

ECM Terminals and Reference ValueSpecification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground.CAUTION:Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring voltage. Doing so may result in damage to theECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals such as the body ground.

TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

114(B1)

W

Heated oxygen sensors 1

Engine is running.

After warming up to normal operating tempera-ture and engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

0 - Approximately 1.0V(periodically change)115

(B2)W

SEF463R

SEF288D

DTC P0130 (BANK 1), P0150 (BANK 2) HO2S1(CIRCUIT) TB48DE M/T

EC-148

On Board Diagnosis LogicUnder the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 (front)signal is not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approxi-mately 0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output volt-age is within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosischecks that this time is not inordinately long.

Diagnostic TroubleCode No.

Malfunction is detected when ...Check Items

(Possible Cause)P0130, 0130(Bank 1)

I The voltage from the sensor is constantly approx. 0.3V. I Harness or connectors(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

I Heated oxygen sensor 1P0150, 0150(Bank 2)

Overall Function CheckUse this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxy-gen sensor 1 circuit.

1) Start engine and warm it up to normal operating tem-perature.

2) Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode withCONSULT-II, and select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1(B2)”.

3) Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load.4) Make sure that the indications do not remain in the

range between 0.2 to 0.4V.5) If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-152.


2) Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 114 (B1),115 (B2) (sensor signal) and ground.

3) Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000rpm constant under no load.

I The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 - 0.4V.4) If NG, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, EC-152.

SEF237U

SEF646Y

SEC184D


EC-149

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring DiagramBANK 1

TEC245M


EC-150

BANK 2

TEC247M


Wiring Diagram (Cont’d)

EC-151

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


INSPECTION START


screws.

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect corresponding heated oxy-

gen sensor 1 harness connector andECM harness connector.

3. Check harness continuity between ECMand sensor terminals.

Refer to wiring diagram.Continuity should exist.

4. Check harness continuity between ECMand sensor or ground.

Refer to wiring diagram.Continuity should not exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK


tors.

CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT.1. Disconnect joint connector-7.2. Check harness continuity between ter-

minal q3 and ground.Refer to wiring diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short to power.

OK


I Joint connector-7I Harness for open or

short between joint con-nector and ground


CHECK COMPONENT(Heated oxygen sensor 1).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION” onnext page.

OK

ENG REPLACE HO2S1.

Perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FORINTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-125.

INSPECTION END

DTCTerminals

ECM Sensor

P0130 114 2

P0150 115 2

DTCTerminals

ECM or sensor Ground

P0130 114 or 2 Ground


SEC888C

SEC690C

H

H

H

H

H

H


EC-152

Component InspectionHEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1


2) Select “MANU TRIG” and “HI SPEED” in “DATA MONI-TOR” mode with CONSULT-II, and select “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.

3) Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load duringthe following steps.

4) Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.5) Check the following.I “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode

changes from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10seconds.5 times (cycles) are counted as shown below:

cycle | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 |HO2S1 MNTR (B1) R-L-R-L-R-L-R-L-R-L-R

R = “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”, “RICH”L = “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”, “LEAN”

I “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes above 0.6V at leastonce.

I “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes below 0.30V at leastonce.

I “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.CAUTION:I Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been

dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto ahard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

I Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust sys-tem threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner toolJ-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubri-cant.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1) Start engine and warm it up to normal operating tem-

perature.2) Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 114 (B1),

115 (B2) (sensor signal) and ground.3) Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000

rpm constant under no load.I Malfunction indicator lamp goes on more than 5 times

within 10 seconds in Diagnostic Test Mode II (HEATEDOXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR, EC-76).

I The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.I The minimum voltage is below 0.30V at least one time.I The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

SEF977Z

SEF978Z

SEC184D


EC-153

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

CAUTION:I Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been





EC-154

Component DescriptionThe knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block under the intakemanifold. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element.A knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrationalpressure. This pressure is converted into a voltage signal and sentto the ECM.Freeze frame data will not be stored in the ECM for the knocksensor. The MIL will not light for knock sensor malfunction.



Malfunction is detected when ....Check Items

(Possible Cause)

P0325 (Bank 1)0325P0330 (Bank 2)0330

I An excessively low or high voltage from the knocksensor is sent to ECM.

I Harness or connectors(The knock sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

I Knock sensor

DTC Confirmation ProcedureNOTE:If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previouslyconducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least10 seconds before conducting the next test.TESTING CONDITION:Before performing the following procedure, confirm that bat-tery voltage is more than 10V at idle.


with CONSULT-II.2) Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.3) If DTC is detected, go to EC-157, “Diagnostic Procedure”.

Without CONSULT-II

1) Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.2) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then

turn “ON”.3) Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II” (Self-diagnostic results) with

ECM.4) If DTC is detected, go to EC-157, “Diagnostic Procedure”.

SEF598K

SEF058Y

DTC P0325 (BANK 1), P0330 (BANK 2) KNOCKSENSOR (KS) TB48DE M/T

EC-155

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC153M


EC-156


INSPECTION START

CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNALCIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.3. Check resistance between ECM termi-

nals 125 , 126 and engine ground.Refer to Wiring Diagram.

NOTE:It is necessary to use an ohmmeterwhich can measure more than 10 M Ω.

Resistance:Approximately 530-590 k Ω [at 20°C(68°F)]

4. Also check harness for short to groundand short to power.

NG

EOK

Go to qA .

CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNALCIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II.1. Disconnect knock sensor harness con-

nector.2. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminal 125 and knock sensor (bank1) terminal q1 , ECM terminal 126 andknock sensor (bank) terminal q1 . Referto Wiring Diagram.

3. Also check harness for short to groundand short to power.Continuity should exist.

OK


I Harness connect F13 ,F108

I Harness for open orshort between ECM andknock sensor

Repair open circuit or shortto ground or short to powerin harness or connectors.

CHECK COMPONENT (Knock sensor).Refer to EC-158, “Component Inspection”.

OK

ENG Replace knock sensor.


qA

RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS.Loose and retighten engine ground screws.

CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIR-CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT.1. Disconnect knock sensor harness con-

nector F109 , F110 .2. Check harness continuity between

knock sensor harness connector F109 ,F110 terminals q2 and engine ground.

Refer to Wiring Diagram.3. Also check harness for short to power

Continuity should exist.

ENG Repair open circuit or short

to power in harness or con-nectors.


SEC693C

SEC690C

H

H

H

H

H

H

H


EC-157

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component InspectionKNOCK SENSORNOTE:Use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 M Ω.1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.2. Check resistance between terminal q1 and ground.

Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590 k Ω [at 20°C(68°F)]

CAUTION:Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped orphysically damaged. Use only new ones.SEF478Y


EC-158

Component DescriptionThe camshaft position sensor (CMPS) is a basic component of theECM. It monitors engine speed and piston position. It sends signalsto the ECM to control fuel injection, ignition timing and other func-tions.The camshaft position sensor has a rotor plate and a wave-form-ing circuit. The rotor plate has 360 slits for 1° signal and 6 slits for120° signal. Light Emitting Diodes (LED) and photo diodes are builtinto the wave-forming circuit.When the rotor plate passes between the LED and the photo diode,the following happens:Slits in the rotor plate continually cut the transmitted light to thephoto diode from the LED. This generates rough-shaped pulsesconverted into on-off pulses by the wave forming circuit sent to theECM.


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

62*383*263*384*2

LCamshaft position sensor(REF signal)

Engine is running. (Warmed-up condition)

Idle speed

Approximately 0.3 -0.6V*1

SEC682C




SEC683C

SEC695C

SEF614B

DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR TB48DE M/T

EC-159

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

84*363*2

B/WCamshaft position sensor(POS signal)


Idle speed

1.0 - 4.0V*1

SEC678C



1.0 - 4.0V*1

SEC679C

*1: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)*2: Model with NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)*3: Model without NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)



No.Malfunction is detected when .... Check Items

(Possible Cause)

P03400340

A) Either 1° or 120° signal is not sent to ECM for thefirst few seconds during engine cranking.

...........................................................................................

I Harness or connectors(The camshaft position sensor circuit is open orshorted.)

I Camshaft position sensorI Starter motor (Refer to EL section.)I Starting system circuit (Refer to EL section.)I Dead (Weak) battery

B) Either 1° or 120° signal is not sent to ECM duringengine running.

...........................................................................................

C) Either 1° or 120° signal is not in the normal patternduring engine running.

DTC Confirmation ProcedurePerform “Procedure for malfunction A” first. If DTC cannot beconfirmed, perform “Procedure for malfunction B and C”.NOTE:If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previouslyconducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least5 seconds before conducting the next test.TESTING CONDITION:Before performing the following procedure, confirm that bat-tery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.



EC-160

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A


with CONSULT-II.2) Crank engine at least 2 seconds.

(If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to “START” for atleast 2 seconds.)


Without CONSULT-II1) Crank engine for at least 2 seconds.





PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C

With CONSULT-II1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3) Start engine and run it for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.4) If DTC is detected, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”,

EC-163.

Without CONSULT-II1) Start engine and run it for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.2) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then



SEF013Y



EC-161

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC145M


EC-162


INSPECTION START

CHECK STARTING SYSTEM.Does the engine turn over?(Does the starter motor operate?)

Yes

ENo Check starting system.

(Refer to EL section.)


screws.

OK

CHECK POWER SUPPLY.1. Disconnect camshaft position sensor

harness connector.2. Turn ignition switch “ON”.3. Check voltage between terminal q3 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester.Voltage: Battery voltage

OK



I Harness for open or shortbetween camshaft posi-tion sensor and ECM

I Harness for open or shortbetween camshaft posi-tion sensor and ECMrelay


CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Check harness continuity between termi-

nal q4 and engine ground.Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short to power.

OK

ENG Repair open circuit, short to

power in harness or con-nectors.

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.3. Check harness continuity between

CMPS terminals q1 , q2 and ECM termi-nals.

*1: Model with NATS (Nissan Anti-TheftSystem)

*2: Model without NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)

Refer to Wiring Diagram.If OK, check harness for short to groundand short to power.

OK


ground or short to power inharness or connectors.

qA

CMPSterminal

ECM ter-minal

Continuity

120° sig-nal

(REF sig-nal)

q1q83 , q84 *1

(q62 , q63 )*2Yes

1° signal(POS sig-

nal)q2

q63 *1q84 *2

Yes

SEC690C

SEC696C

SEC697C

H

H

H

H

H

H


EC-163

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qA

CHECK COMPONENT.(Camshaft position sensor).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-164.

OK

ENG Replace camshaft position

sensor.


I Continuity between joint connector ter-minal q3 and ground



OK



I Harness for open or shortbetween joint connector-7and engine ground



INSPECTION END

Component InspectionCAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-

ture.2. Check voltage between the following ECM terminals and

ground with DC range.

ECM terminal Reference illustration

1° signal(POS signal)

q63 *1q84 *2

qA

120° signal(REF signal)

(q83 , q84 )*1(q62 , q63 )*2

qB

*1: Model with NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)*2: Model without NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)CAUTION:Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring voltage.Doing so may result in damage to the ECM’s transistor. Use aground other than ECM terminals such as the body ground.

SEC827C

H

H

H

H



EC-164

TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

62*383*263*384*2



Idle speed


SEC682C




SEC683C

84*363*2



Idle speed

1.0 - 4.0V*1

SEC678C



1.0 - 4.0V*1

SEC679C


If NG, replace camshaft position sensor.



EC-165

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

System Description


ECM E Cooling fan relaysEngine coolant temperature sensor EEngine coolant temperature

Air conditioner switch EAir conditioner “ON” signal

The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, and airconditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].

Operation

CONSULT-II Reference Value In Data MonitorMode



COOLING FAN

I After warming up engine, idle theengine.

I Air conditioner switch “OFF”I Vehicle stopped

Engine coolant temperature is 94°C(201°F) or less. OFF

Engine coolant temperature is 95°C(203°F) to 104°C (219°F). LOW

Engine coolant temperature is 105°C(221°F) or more. HIGH


I Air conditioner switch “ON”I Vehicle stopped

Engine coolant temperature is 94°C(201°F) or less. LOW


AIR COND SIG I Engine: After warming up, idle theengine

Air conditioner switch: “OFF” OFF

Air conditioner switch: “ON”(Compressor operates.) ON

SEC694C

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE(OVERHEAT) TB48DE M/T

EC-166


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

56 LCooling fan relay (Lowspeed)

Engine is running.



Engine is running.

Cooling fan is operating.Approximately 0V

55 L/BCooling fan relay(High speed)

Engine is running.

Cooling fan is not operating.Cooling fan is operating at low speed.


Engine is running.

Cooling fan is operating at high speed.Approximately 0V

On Board Diagnosis LogicThis diagnosis continuously monitors the engine coolant temperature.If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, the engine coolant temperaturewill rise.When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction isdetected by the ECM and the MIL lights on.

Diagnostic troublecode No.


(Possible Cause)

P12171217

I Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat).I Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Over-

heat).I Engine coolant was not added to the system using

the proper filling method.

I Harness or connectors(The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted)

I Cooling fanI ThermostatI Improper ignition timingI Engine coolant temperature sensorI Blocked radiatorI Blocked front end (Improper fitting of nose

mask)I Crushed vehicle frontal area (Vehicle frontal

is collided but not repaired)I Blocked air passage by improper installation

of front fog lamp or fog lamps.I Improper mixture ratio of coolantI Damaged bumperFor more information, refer to “MAIN 12CAUSES OF OVERHEATING”, EC-175.

CAUTION:When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant following the procedure in the MAsection (“Changing Engine Coolant”, “ENGINE MAINTENANCE”). Also, replace the engine oil.a. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute like pour-

ing coolant by kettle. Be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA section(“Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio”, “RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS”).

b. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.


EC-167

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Overall Function CheckUse this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan.During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.WARNING:Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Seriousburns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping fromthe radiator.Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap byturning it a quarter turn to allow built-up pressure to escape.Then turn the cap all the way off.

With CONSULT-II1) Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (using coolant tester)

in the reservoir tank and radiator.Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level andmixture ratio.

I If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is belowthe proper range, skip the following steps and go to “Diagnos-tic Procedure”, EC-170.

I If the coolant mixture ratio is out of the range of 45 to 55%(varies depending on destinations), replace the coolant in thefollowing procedure LC section, “Changing Engine Coolant”.

2) Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customerfilled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to “Diagnos-tic Procedure”, EC-170.

3) Turn ignition switch “ON”.4) Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-

SULT-II.5) If the results are NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-170.

Without CONSULT-II1) Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (using coolant tester)

in the reservoir tank and radiator.Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level andmixture ratio.If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is belowthe proper range, skip the following steps and go to “Diagnos-tic Procedure”, EC-170.



3) Start engine.Be careful not to overheat engine.

4) Set temperature control lever to full cold position.5) Turn air conditioner switch “ON”.6) Turn blower fan switch “ON”.7) Run engine at idle for a few minutes with air conditioner oper-

ating.Be careful not to overheat engine.

8) Make sure that cooling fan operates. Refer to “OPERATION”table of Cooling fan, EC-166.If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-170.

AEC640

SEF646X

SEC163BA


EC-168

Wiring Diagram

TEC151M


EC-169

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Diagnostic ProcedureINSPECTION START

Do you have CONSULT-II?

YesE

No GO TO qA Without CON-SULT-II.

CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEEDOPERATION.

With CONSULT-II1. Disconnect cooling fan relay-2 and -3.2. Turn ignition switch “ON”.3. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE

TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.4. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2

operate at low speed.

OK

ENG GO TO qC . Check cooling

fan low speed control cir-cuit.

CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEEDOPERATION.

With CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Reconnect cooling fan relay-2 and -3.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE


operate at high speed.

OK

ENG GO TO qD . Check cooling

fan high speed control cir-cuit.

GO TO qB .

SEC698C

SEF646X

SEF111X

H

H

H

H


EC-170

qA


Without CONSULT-II1. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.2. Start engine and let it idle.3. Set temperature lever at full cold posi-

tion.4. Turn air conditioner switch “ON”.5. Turn blower fan switch “ON”.6. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2


OK




Without CONSULT-II1. Turn ignitions witch “OFF”.2. Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.3. Turn air conditioner switch and blower

fan switch “OFF”.4. Disconnect engine coolant temperature

sensor harness connector.5. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant

temperature sensor harness connector.6. Restart engine and make sure that cool-

ing fans-1 and -2 operate at high speed.

OK



GO TO qB .

SEC698C

SEC163BA

SEC322D

H

H

H



EC-171

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qB

CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK.Apply pressure to the cooling system witha tester, and check if the pressure drops.

Testing pressure:157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm 2, 23 psi)

CAUTION:Higher than the specified pressure maycause radiator damage.Pressure should not drop.

OK

ENG Check the following for

leak.I HoseI RadiatorI Water pump (Refer to LC

section, “Water Pump”.)If NG, repair or replace.

CHECK RADIATOR CAP.Apply pressure to cap with a tester andcheck radiator cap relief pressure.

Radiator cap relief pressure:For the Middle East:

78 - 98 kPa (0.78 - 0.98 bar,0.8 - 1.0 kg/cm 2, 11 - 14 psi)

Except above:108 - 127 kPa (1.08 - 1.27 bar,1.1 - 1.3 kg/cm 2, 16 - 18 psi)

OK

ENG Replace radiator cap.

CHECK THERMOSTAT.1. Remove thermostat.2. Check valve seating condition at normal

room temperatures.It should seat tightly.

3. Check valve opening temperature andvalve lift.Valve opening temperature:76.5°C (170°F) [standard]Valve lift:More than 10 mm/90°C (0.39 in/194°F)

4. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F)below valve opening temperature. Fordetails, refer to LC section, “Thermo-stat”.

OK

ENG Replace thermostat.

CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERA-TURE SENSOR.Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-140.

OK


temperature sensor.

CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES.If the cause cannot be isolated, go to“MAIN 12 CAUSES OF OVERHEATING”,EC-175.

CHECK INSPECTION END

SLC754A

SLC755A

SLC343

H

HH

HH

HH

H

H



EC-172

qC

CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLYCIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between cooling fan

relay-1 terminals q1 , q3 , q6 and groundwith CONSULT-II or tester.Battery voltage

OK


I 10A fuseI 40A fusible linksI Harness for open or

short between coolingfan relay-1 and fuse

I Harness for open orshort between coolingfan relay-1 and battery

If NG, repair open circuit orshort to ground to short topower in harness or con-nectors.

CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIR-CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness

connector and cooling fan motor-2 har-ness connector.

3. Check harness continuity between cool-ing fan relay-1 terminal q5 and coolingfan motor-1 terminal q1 , cooling fanmotor-1 terminal q4 and body ground.Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.




OK



CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNALCIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT.1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.2. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminal q56 and cooling fan relay-1 ter-minal q2 . Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.


OK


I Harness connectorsE127 , M21


I Harness for open orshort between coolingfan relay-1 and ECM

If NG, repair open circuit orshort to ground or short topower in harness or con-nectors.

CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-1.Refer to “Component Inspection”, EC-176

OK

ENG Replace cooling fan relay.

CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND-2.Refer to “Component Inspection”, EC-176.

OK

ENG Replace cooling fan motors.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT.Perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FORINTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-125.

OK

INSPECTION END

SEC699C

SEC700C

H

H

H

H

H

H

H



EC-173

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qD

CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIR-CUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between cooling fan relays-2

and -3 terminals q1 , q6 and ground withCONSULT-II or tester.Battery voltage

OK


I Harness for open or shortbetween cooling fan relays-2and -3 and 10A fuse

I Harness for open or shortbetween cooling fan relays-2and fusible link

If NG, repair harness or con-nectors.

CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUITFOR OPEN AND SHORT1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness con-

nector and cooling fan motor-2 harness con-nector.

3. Check harness continuity between cooling fanrelay-2 terminal q7 and cooling fan motor-1terminal q2 , cooling fan relay-2 terminal q3and cooling fan motor-1 terminal q3 , coolingfan relay-2 terminal q5 and body ground.Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground andshort to power.

5. Check harness continuity between cooling fanrelay-3 terminal q7 and cooling fan motor-2terminal q2 , cooling fan relay-3 terminal q3 ,cooling fan relay-2 terminal q5 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.


OK

ENG Repair open circuit or short to


CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR-CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT.1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.2. Check harness continuity between ECM termi-

nal q55 and cooling fan relay-2 terminal q2 ,cooling fan relay-3 terminal q2 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground andshort power.

OK


I Harness connectors E127 ,M21

I Harness connectors M52 ,F7

I Harness for open or shortbetween cooling fan relay-2and -3 and ECM

If NG, repair open circuit orshort to ground or short topower in harness or connec-tors.

CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-2 AND -3.Refer to “Component Inspection”, EC-176.

OK

ENG Replace cooling fan relays.

CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS.Refer to “Component Inspection”, EC-176.

OK


CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT.Perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTER-MITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-125.

OK

INSPECTION END

SEC780C

SEC698C

SEC700C

H

H

H

H

H

H

H



EC-174

Main 12 Causes of Overheating

Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page

OFF 1 I Blocked radiatorI Blocked condenserI Blocked radiator grilleI Blocked bumper

I Visual No blocking —

2 I Coolant mixture I Coolant tester 30 - 50% coolant mixture See “RECOMMENDEDFLUIDS AND LUBRI-CANTS” in MA section.

3 I Coolant level I Visual Coolant up to MAX levelin reservoir tank andradiator filler neck

See “Changing EngineCoolant”, “ENGINE MAIN-TENANCE” in MA section.

4 I Radiator cap I Pressure tester 108 - 127 kPa(1.08 - 1.27 bar, 1.1 - 1.3kg/cm2, 16 - 18 psi)59 - 98 kPa (0.59 - 0.98bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2,9 - 14 psi) (Limit)

See “System Check”,“ENGINE COOLING SYS-TEM” in LC section.

ON*2 5 I Coolant leaks I Visual No leaks See “System Check”,“ENGINE COOLING SYS-TEM” in LC section.

ON*2 6 I Thermostat I Touch the upper andlower radiator hoses

Both hoses should be hot. See “Thermostat” and“Radiator”, “ENGINECOOLING SYSTEM” inLC section.

ON*1 7 I Cooling fan I Visual (Coupling)I CONSULT-II

Operating See “TROUBLE DIAGNO-SIS FOR DTC P1217”,EC-166.

OFF 8 I Combustion gas leak I Color checker chemicaltester 4 gas analyzer

Negative —

ON*3 9 I Coolant temperaturegauge

I Visual Gauge less than 3/4when driving

—

I Coolant overflow to res-ervoir tank

I Visual No overflow during drivingand idling


OFF*4 10 I Coolant return from res-ervoir tank to radiator

I Visual Should be initial level inreservoir tank

See “ENGINE MAINTE-NANCE” in MA section.

OFF 11 I Cylinder head I Straight gauge feelergauge

0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi-mum distortion (warping)

See “Inspection”, “CYLIN-DER HEAD” in EM sec-tion.

12 I Cylinder block and pis-tons

I Visual No scuffing on cylinderwalls or piston

See “Inspection”, “CYLIN-DER BLOCK” in EM sec-tion.

*1: Engine running at idle for coupling type. Turn ignition switch ON for electrical cooling fan.*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.For more information, refer to “OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS” in LC section.


EC-175

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component InspectionCOOLING FAN RELAYS-1, -2 AND -3Check continuity between terminals q3 and q5 , q6 and q7 .

Conditions Continuity

12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and2

Yes

No current supply No

If NG, replace relay.

COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -21. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and

check operation.

Speed

Terminals

(+) (−)

Cooling fan motor Low 1 4

High 1, 2 3, 4

Cooling fan motor should operate.If NG, replace cooling fan motor.

SEF745U

SEF734W


EC-176

Component DescriptionIGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTORThe ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by thepower transistor. The power transistor turns on and off the ignitioncoil primary circuit. This on-off operation induces the proper highvoltage in the coil secondary circuit.




IGN TIMING

I Engine: After warming upI Air conditioner switch: “OFF”I Shift lever: “N”I No-load

Idle 3° - 7° BTDC

2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

181920212930

Y/RGYR/BR/GR

Ignition signal (No. 1)Ignition signal (No. 2)Ignition signal (No. 3)Ignition signal (No. 4)Ignition signal (No. 5)Ignition signal (No. 6)


Idle speed

0 - 0.1V*

SEC672C



0 - 0.2V*

SEC673C

*: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

SEC781C

DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL TB48DE M/T

EC-177

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX




(Possible Cause)

P13201320

I The ignition signal in the primary circuit is not sentduring engine cranking or running.

I Harness or connectors(The ignition primary circuit is open or shorted.)

I Power transistor unit built into ignition coilI Camshaft position sensorI Camshaft position sensor circuit

DTC Confirmation ProcedureNOTE:I If “DTC” has been previously conducted, always turn igni-

tion switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before con-ducting the next test.

I If DTC P1320 is displayed with DTC P0340, perform troublediagnosis for DTC P0340 first. Refer to EC-159.

With CONSULT-II1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3) Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. (If engine does not

run, turn ignition switch to “START” for at least 5 seconds.)4) If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-182.

Without CONSULT-II1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.2) Start engine. (If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to

“START” for at least 5 seconds.)3) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then



SEF058Y


EC-178

Wiring diagram

TEC325M


EC-179

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

TEC149M


Wiring diagram (Cont’d)

EC-180

TEC150M



EC-181

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


INSPECTION START


No

EYes Go to “SEARCH FOR

MALFUNCTIONING CIR-CUIT” on next page.

CHECK POWER SUPPLY-1.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM relay.3. Check voltage between terminals q2 ,


OK



I 10A fuseI 15A fuseI Harness for open or

short between batteryand ECM relay


CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-1.1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.2. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminal q42 and ECM relay terminal q1 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK



I Harness for open orshort between ECM relayand ECM






No continuity

OK

ENG Replace ECM relay.

1. Reconnect ECM relay and ECM har-ness connector.

2. Go to “CHECK POWER SUP-PLY-2” on next page.

SEC684CA

SEC782C

SEC202B

H

H

H

H

H


EC-182

SEARCH FOR MALFUNCTIONING CIR-CUIT.1. Start engine and let it idle.

With CONSULT-II2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in

“ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.3. Search for circuit which does not pro-

duce a momentary engine speed drop.-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Without CONSULT-II2. Check output signal voltage between

ECM terminals q18 , q19 , q20 , q21 , q29 , q30

and ground with oscilloscope.3. Search for circuit that signal voltage

does not match to “DATA” in “ECM Ter-minal and Reference Value”.

CHECK POWER SUPPLY-2.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ignition coil harness con-

nector(s).3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between each ignition

coil harness connector terminal q1 andground with CONSULT-II or tester.Voltage: Battery voltage

OK



I Harness connectorsF25 , F121

I Harness for open orshort between ignitioncoil and ECM relay


CHECK CONDENSER CIRCUIT FOROPEN AND SHORT.1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect condenser harness connec-

tor.3. Check harness continuity between ECM

relay terminal q3 and condenser termi-nal q1 , condenser terminal q2 andengine ground.Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.


OK



I Check for open or shortbetween ECM relay andcondenser.



screws.3. Check harness continuity between igni-

tion coil harness connector terminal q2and engine ground.Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short to power.

OK



I Check for open or shortbetween ignition coil andengine ground

If NG, repair open circuit orshort to power in harnessor connectors.

qA

(Go to next page.)

SEF793X

SEC828C

SEC783C

SEC784C

SEF305T

H

H

H

H



EC-183

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qA

CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-2.1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.2. Check harness continuity between each

ignition coil harness connector terminalq3 and each ECM harness connectorterminal.Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK



CHECK COMPONENT(Ignition coil with power transistor).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-184.

OK

ENG Replace ignition coil

assembly.

CHECK COMPONENT(Condenser).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-185.

OK

ENG Replace condenser.


INSPECTION END

Component InspectionIGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.

Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

3 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or

1 (+) - 3 (-)Except 0

1 (+) - 2 (-)

SEC690C

SEF371Q

H

H

H

H

H



EC-184

CONDENSER1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as q1 and q2 .

Resistance Above 1 MΩ at 25°C (77°F)

SEF124Y



EC-185

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

System Description

Camshaft position sensor EEngine speed ECM E

Heatedoxygensensor 1heater

The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heatedoxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the enginespeed.

OPERATION

Engine speed rpmHeated oxygen sensor 1

heater

Above 3,600 OFF

Below 3,600 ON




HO2S1 HTR (B1)HO2S1 HTR (B2)

I Engine speed: Idle ON

I Engine speed: Above 3,600 OFF


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

8(B1)

G/YHeated oxygen sensor 1heater

Engine is running.


9(B2)

L/REngine is running.



HO2S1 HEATER TB48DE M/T

EC-186


TEC246M


EC-187

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

BANK 2

TEC248M



EC-188


INSPECTION START

OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK1. Start engine.

With CONSULT-II

2. Select “HO2S1 HTR (B1)/(B2)” in “DATAMONITOR” mode.

3. Check the following.

Without CONSULT-II

2. Check voltage between ECM terminalsq9 (B1)/q8 (B2) and ground with CONSULT-IIor tester under the following conditions.

NG

EOK INSPECTION END

CHECK POWER SUPPLY.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sen-

sor 1 harness connector.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between terminal q3 and

ground.Voltage: Battery voltage

OK


I Harness connectorsF7 , M52

I 10A fuseI Harness for open or short

between heated oxygen sen-sor 1 and fuse


CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.3. Check harness continuity between terminal

and sensor.

Refer to wiring diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short to ground andshort to power.

OK

ENG Repair harness or connectors.

CHECK COMPONENT(Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION” on nextpage.

OK

ENG REPLACE HO2S1.

Perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTER-MITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-125.

INSPECTION END

Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor1 heater

Above 3,600 OFF

Below 3,600 ON


Engine speed is below3,600 rpm. Approximately 0V

Engine speed isabove 3,600 rpm. Battery voltage

Heated oxy-gen sensor

1 heater

Terminals

ECM Sensor

P0135 B1 9 1

P0155 B2 8 1

SEC888C

SEC320D

SEC321D

SEC180D

H

H

H

H

H

H


EC-189

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component InspectionHEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATERCheck resistance between terminals q3 and q1 .

Resistance: 2.3 - 4.3 Ω at 25°C (77°F)Check continuity between terminals q2 and q1 , q3 and q2 .

Continuity should not exist.If NG, replace the heated oxygen sensor 1.CAUTION:I Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped

from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard sur-face such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

I Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust systemthreads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner toolJ-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

SEC181D


EC-190

DescriptionSYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Sensor Input Signal to ECMECM func-

tionActuator

Camshaft position sensor Engine speed

EVAP canis-ter purgecontrol


Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature

Ignition switch Start signal

Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering signal

Throttle position sensor Throttle position

Heated oxygen sensor 1Density of oxygen in exhaust gas(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

Air conditioner switch Air conditioner signal

Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed

This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-ter. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canis-ter purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flowrate. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valverepeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from theECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control.The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by consider-ing various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, theflow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister is regulated as theair flow changes.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONThe EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses aON/OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAPcanister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve ismoved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.



PURG VOL C/V

I Engine: After warming upI No-loadI Lift up drive wheels and suitable

gear position

Idle 0%

More than 30 seconds after startingengineRev engine up from 2,000 to 4,000rpm.

30 - 100%

SEF337U

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROLSOLENOID VALVE TB48DE M/T

EC-191

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


TERMI-NALNO.

WIRECOLOR


54 W/BEVAP canister purge vol-ume control solenoid valve

Engine is running.

Idle speed


SEC676C

Engine is running.

Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than100 seconds after starting engine).


SEC677C


EC-192

Wiring diagram

TEC155M


EC-193

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


INSPECTION START

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION.

With CONSULT-II

1. Start engine and let it idle.2. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in

“ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.

3. Remove the purge vacuum hosebetween the EVAP canister and EVAPcanister purge volume control solenoidvalve at the EVAP canister.

4. Touch “UP/DOWN” on CONSULT-IIscreen. Check to see if vacuum existsunder the following conditions.

Without CONSULT-II

1. Lift up vehicle, start engine and warm itup to normal operating temperature.


3. Check to see if vacuum exists whenrevving engine from 2,000 to 4,000 rpmin a suitable gear position other than“P” or “N”.

NG

EOK

CHECK EVAP CANISTER.1. Turn ignition switch

“OFF”.2. Remove EVAP canister.3. Blow air into each of

three ports to check thatair flows freely.

If NG, replace EVAP canis-ter.

OK

INSPECTION END

CHECK POWER SUPPLY.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge vol-

ume control solenoid valve harnessconnector.

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between terminal q1 and

engine ground with CONSULT-II ortester.Voltage: Battery voltage

OK

ENG



short between EVAPcanister purge volumecontrol solenoid valveand 10A fuse


GO TO qA .

ConditionPURGE VOL CONT/V

Vacuum

0% No

100% Yes

Condition Vacuum

When depressingaccelerator pedal

Yes

When releasing accel-erator pedal com-

pletelyNo

SEC891C

SEC892C

SEC785C

SEF083Y

SEC815C

H

H

H

H



EC-194

qA

CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.3. Check harness continuity between

ECM terminal q54 and terminal q2 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK

ENG


CHECK COMPONENT(EVAP canister purge volume control sole-noid valve).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-196.

OK

ENG

Replace EVAP canisterpurge volume control sole-noid valve.


INSPECTION END

H

H

H

H



EC-195

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component InspectionEVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve

With CONSULT-II1. Start engine.2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with

CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to thevalve opening.If OK, inspection end. If NG, go to following step.

3. Check air passage continuity.

ConditionPURG VOL CONT/V value

Air passage continuitybetween qA and qB

100.0% Yes

0.0% No

If NG, replace the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoidvalve.------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Without CONSULT-IICheck air passage continuity.

ConditionAir passage continuity

between qA and qB

12V direct current supply between ter-minals

Yes

No supply No

If NG or operation takes more than 1 second, replace solenoidvalve.

SEC816C

SEF660U

SEF661U


EC-196

Component DescriptionThe vehicle speed sensor is installed in the transmission. It con-tains a pulse generator which provides a vehicle speed signal to thespeedometer. The speedometer then sends a signal to the ECM.


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

52 P/L Vehicle speed sensor

Engine is running.

Jack up all wheels.In 1st gear position4 km/h (2 MPH)

Approx. 2.5V

SEC680C

Engine is running.

Jack up all wheels.In 2nd gear position20 km/h (12 MPH)

Approx. 2.0V

SEC681C

SEC814C

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) TB48DE M/T

EC-197

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC156M


EC-198


INSPECTION START

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION.1. Lift up the vehicle.

With CONSULT-II

2. Start engine.3. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” signal in

“DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-SULT-II.The vehicle speed on CONSULT-IIshould be able to exceed 10 km/h (6MPH) when rotating wheels with suit-able gear position.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Without CONSULT-II

2. Turn ignition switch “ON”.3. Rotate drive wheel by hand.4. Check voltage between ECM terminal

q52 and ground.Voltage should vary between approx.0 - 5V.

NG

EOK INSPECTION END

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector

and combination meter harness con-nector.

3. Check harness continuity between ECMterminal q52 and terminal q64 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK


I Harness for open orshort between ECM andcombination meter


CHECK SPEEDOMETER FUNCTION.Make sure that speedometer functionsproperly.

OK


I Harness for open orshort between combina-tion meter and vehiclespeed sensor

If NG, repair harness orconnectors.I Vehicle speed sensor

and its circuit(Refer to EL section.)


INSPECTION END

SEF196Y

SEC822C

H

H

H

H

H


EC-199

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX



tionActuator

Camshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed

Idle air con-trol

IACV-AAC valve




PNP switch Park/Neutral position

Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation

Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering load signal

Battery Battery voltage


Cooling fan Cooling fan operation

Electrical load Electrical load signal

This system automatically controls engine idle speed to a specifiedlevel. Idle speed is controlled through fine adjustment of the amountof air which by-passes the throttle valve via IACV-AAC valve. TheIACV-AAC valve changes the opening of the air by-pass passageto control the amount of auxiliary air. This valve is actuated by astep motor built into the valve, which moves the valve in the axialdirection in steps corresponding to the ECM output signals. Onestep of IACV-AAC valve movement causes the respective openingof the air by-pass passage. (i.e. when the step advances, the open-ing is enlarged.) The opening of the valve is varied to allow foroptimum control of the engine idling speed. The camshaft positionsensor (POS) detects the actual engine speed and sends a signalto the ECM. The ECM then controls the step position of the IACV-AAC valve so that engine speed coincides with the target valuememorized in ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speedat which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value storedin the ECM is determined by taking into consideration variousengine conditions, such as during warm up, deceleration, andengine load (air conditioner, power steering, cooling fan operationand electrical load).

COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONThe IACV-AAC valve is operated by a step motor for centralizedcontrol of auxiliary air supply. This motor has four winding phasesand is actuated by the output signals of ECM which turns ON andOFF two windings each in sequence. Each time the IACV-AACvalve opens or closes to change the auxiliary air quantity, the ECMsends a pulse signal to the step motor. When no change in theauxiliary air quantity is needed, the ECM does not issue the pulsesignal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the valve remainsat that particular opening.

SEF937W

IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (IACV) — AUXILIARY AIRCONTROL (AAC) VALVE TB48DE M/T

EC-200



IACV-AAC/V

I Engine: After warming upI Air conditioner switch: OFFI Shift lever: “N”I No-load

Idle 5 - 30 steps

2,000 rpm —


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR


48495051

L/WL/RL/YG/Y

IACV-AAC valve

Engine is running.


0.1 - 14V


EC-201

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC157M


EC-202


CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Read the voltage signal between ECM

terminals q48 , q49 , q50 , q51 (IACV-AACvalve signal) and ground with an oscillo-scope.

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”, wait at least 5seconds and then “OFF”.

4. Verify that the oscilloscope screenshows the signal wave as shown in thefigure at least once every 10 secondsafter turning ignition switch “OFF”.

NG

EOK INSPECTION END

CHECK POWER SUPPLY.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect IACV-AAC valve harness

connector.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between terminal q2 , q5

and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.Battery voltage

OK

ENG Check the harness for open

or short between IACV-AACand ECM relay.If NG, repair harness orconnectors.

CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.3. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminal q48 and IACV-AAC valve har-ness connector terminal q1 , ECM termi-nal q49 and IACV-AAC valve harnessconnector terminal q4 , ECM terminal q50

and IACV-AAC valve harness connectorterminal q3 , ECM terminal q51 and IACV-AAC valve harness connector terminalq6 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.


OK



CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE.Refer to “Component Inspection”, EC-204.

OK

ENG REPLACE IACV-AAC

VALVE.1. Replace IACV-AAC valve

assembly.2. Perform “Idle Air Volume

Learning”, EC-71.Which is the resultCMPLT or INCMP?If INCMP, follow the con-struction of “Idle Air VolumeLearning”.

CMPLT

GO TO qA . INSPECTION END

SEC786C

SEC787C

SEC789C

SEC788C

H

H

H

H

H H


EC-203

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qA

CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Reconnect all harness connectors.3. Start engine and warm it up to normal

operating temperature.4. Also warm up transmission to normal

operating temperature.Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.

5. Stop vehicle with engine running.6. Check target idle speed.

M/T models: 675±50 rpm

OK

ENG Perform “Idle Air Learning”,

EC-71.


INSPECTION END

Component InspectionIACV-AAC Valve1) Disconnect IACV-AAC valve harness connector.2) Check IACV-AAC valve resistance.

Condition Resistance

Terminal 2 and terminals 1, 320 - 24Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]

Terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6

3) Reconnect IACV-AAC valve harness connector.4) Turn ignition switch “ON” and “OFF”, and ensure the IACV-AAC

valve, makes operating sound and according to the ignitionswitch position.If NG, replace the IACV-AAC valve.

SEF125Y

H

H

H



EC-204

Component DescriptionA closed throttle position switch and wide open throttle positionswitch are built into the throttle position sensor unit. The wide openthrottle position switch is not used.When the throttle valve is in the closed position, the closed throttleposition switch sends a voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM onlyuses this signal to open or close the EVAP canister purge controlvalve when the throttle position sensor is malfunctioning.


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR


71 LGThrottle position switch(Closed position)


Accelerator pedal fully released



Accelerator pedal depressedApproximately 0V

SEC562C

CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH TB48DE M/T

EC-205

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC159M


EC-206


INSPECTION START


With CONSULT-II

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Select “ENGINE” and then select “DATA

MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3. Check indication of “CLSD THL/P SW”

under the following conditions. Mea-surement must be made with throttleposition switch installed in vehicle.

Without CONSULT-II

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Check voltage between ECM terminal

q71 (closed throttle position switch sig-nal) and ground under the followingconditions.

NG

EOK CHECK THROTTLE POSI-

TION SENSOR.Go to qB .

CHECK POWER SUPPLY.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect throttle position switch har-

ness connector.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between closed throttle

position switch terminal q5 and engineground with CONSULT-II or tester.Voltage: Battery voltage

OK



I 10A fuseI Harness for open or

short between throttleposition switch and fuse


CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.3. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminal q71 and closed throttle positionswitch terminal q4 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK


tors.

GO TO qA .

Throttle valve conditions CLSD THL/P SW

Completely closed ON

Partially open or com-pletely open

OFF

Throttle valve conditions Continuity

Completely closed Yes

Partially or completelyopen

No

SEC791C

SEC922C

SEC562C

SEC790C

H

H

H

H


EC-207

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qA

ADJUST THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH.Perform BASIC INSPECTION, EC-93.

OK

CHECK COMPONENT(Closed throttle position switch).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION” onEC-209.

OK

ENG Replace throttle position

switch.

qB

H

CHECK COMPONENT(Throttle position sensor).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION” onEC-209.

OK

ENG Replace throttle position

sensor.


INSPECTION END

H

H

H

H

H



EC-208

Component InspectionCLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH

With CONSULT-II1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3) Check indication of “CLSD THL POS” under the following con-

ditions.NOTE:Measurement must be made with closed throttle positionswitch installed in vehicle.

Throttle valve conditions CLSD THL POS

Completely closed ON

Partially open or completely open OFF


4) If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in“Basic Inspection”, replace closed throttle position switch.

Without CONSULT-II1) Disconnect throttle position switch harness connector.2) Check continuity between terminals q4 and q5 under the fol-

lowing conditions. Refer to Wiring Diagram.NOTE:Continuity measurement must be made with closed throttleposition switch installed in vehicle.

Throttle valve conditions Continuity

Completely closed Yes

Partially open or completely open No


3) If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in“Basic Inspection”, replace closed throttle position switch.

THROTTLE POSITION SENSORWith CONSULT-II

1. Select “ENGINE” and then select “DATA MONITOR” mode withCONSULT-II.

2. Check voltage of “THRTL POS SEN” under the following con-ditions.Voltage measurement must be made with throttle positionsensor installed in vehicle.

Throttle valve conditions THRTL POS SEN




If NG, replace throttle position sensor.

SEC791C

SEC791C


EC-209

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Without CONSULT-II

Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 (Throttle position sen-sor signal) and ground.Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sen-sor installed in vehicle.

Throttle valve conditions Voltage




If NG, replace throttle position sensor.

SEC792C



EC-210

System Description


ECM E

Intake valvetiming con-trolsolenoidvalve

Mass air flow sensor EAmount of intake air


Throttle position sensor EThrottle position


The intake valve timing control system is utilized tocontrol intake valve opening and closing timing.Engine coolant temperature signals, engine speed,amount of intake air, vehicle speed and throttle posi-tion are used to determine intake valve timing.The intake camshaft sprocket position is regulatedby oil pressure controlled by the intake valve timingcontrol.

When ECM sends ON signal to intake valve timingcontrol solenoid valve, oil pressure is transmitted tocamshaft sprocket. Then, intake side camshaft isadvanced.

SEF587TA

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL TB48DE M/T

EC-211

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Operation

Engine operating conditionIntake valve timing con-

trolsolenoid valve

Intake valve openingand closing time Valve overlap Engine valve timing

I Engine coolant temperature isbetween 70°C (158°F) to 118°C(244°F) and engine speed isbetween 800 rpm and 4,200 rpm.

I During high load conditionI Vehicle speed is more than 8 km/h

(5 MPH).

ON Advance Increased qII

Those other than above OFF Normal Normal qI




INT/V SOL-B1

I Engine is in warm up condition.I Engine speed is more than 800 rpm.I Suitable gear positionI Vehicle speed is more than 8 km/h (5 MPH).

OFF , ON (Using “NIT/V TIM-B1” in “DATA MONITOR”, thedifference of degree between “OFF” and “ON” is approxi-mately 20 deg.


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

152 RIntake valve timing controlsolenoid valves

Engine is running.

Intake valve timing control solenoid is operating.Approximately 0V

Engine is running.

Intake valve timing control solenoid is not operating.Battery voltage (11 - 14V)


EC-212

Wiring Diagram

TEC158M


EC-213

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


INSPECTION START


With CONSULT-II

1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select“VALVE TIMING SOL” in “ACTIVETEST” mode with CONSULT-II.

2. Select “ON/OFF” then check valve tim-ing solenoid valve click sound.Do you hear the operation sound?

1) Lift up vehicle, start engine and warm itup to normal operating temperature.

2) Shift to a suitable gear position otherthan “P” or “N” and rev up engine from2,000 to 3,000 rpm.

3) Check voltage between ECM terminal152 (Intake valve timing control sole-

noid valve signal) and ground under thefollowing conditions.

No

EYes INSPECTION END

CHECK POWER SUPPLY.1. Stop engine.2. Disconnect intake valve timing control

solenoid valve harness connector.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between terminal q2 and


OK




between the intake valvetiming control solenoidvalve and fuse



terminal 152 and solenoid valve termi-nal q1 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.

If OK, check harness for short to groundand short to power.

OK


tors.

CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.Refer to LC section (“Oil Pressure Check”,“ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM”).

OK

ENG Repair lubrication system.

CHECK INTAKE AIR SYSTEM.Check intake air system for leaks.

OK

ENG Repair intake air system.

GO TO qA .

Conditions Voltage

Not revving engine. Approximately 0V

Revving engine.Battery voltage(Momentary)

SEC923C

SEC323D

SEC793C

SEC794C

H

H

H

H

H

H


EC-214

qA

CHECK COMPONENT(Intake valve timing control solenoid valve).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-215.

OK

ENG Replace intake valve timing

control solenoid valve.

Replace intake valve timing controlsprocket with camshaft.


INSPECTION END

Component InspectionINTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE1. Check oil passage visually for any metal debris.2. Supply intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals with

battery voltage.3. Make sure that inside plunger protrudes.

If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

SEC795C

H

H

H

H



EC-215

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component DescriptionWhen the gear position is in “Neutral”, neutral position is “ON”.ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the“ON” signal) exists.




P/N POSI SW I Ignition switch: ONShift lever: Neutral position ON

Except above OFF


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

80 R/PUPark/neutral position sig-nal


Gear position is neutral.Approximately 0V



SEC796C

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH TB48DE M/T

EC-216

Wiring Diagram

TEC160M


EC-217

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


INSPECTION START

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION.1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.

With CONSULT-II

2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONI-TOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

3. Check the “P/N POSI SW” signal underthe following conditions.Neutral position: ONExcept above position: OFF

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Without CONSULT-II

2. Check voltage between ECM terminalq80 and ground with CONSULT-II ortester under the following conditions.Voltage:

Neutral positionApproximately 0V

Except above positionApproximately 5V

NG

EOK INSPECTION END

CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect neutral position switch har-

ness connector.3. Check harness continuity between termi-

nal q2 and body ground.Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short topower.

OK


I Harness connectorsE202 , E69

I Harness for open or shortbetween Park/Neutralposition switch and bodyground

If NG, repair open circuit,short to power in harnessor connectors.


terminal q80 and terminal q1 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK



I Harness connectorsM21 , E127

I Harness connectorsE70 , E201

I Harness for open or shortbetween ECM and neutralposition switch


qA

SEF595V

SEF212Y

SEC823C

H

H

H

H


EC-218

qA

CHECK COMPONENT(Park/Neutral position switch).Refer to MT section.

OK

ENG Replace Park/Neutral posi-

tion switch.


INSPECTION END

H

H

H



EC-219

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component DescriptionWhen the 4WD switch is “ON” (Except Transfer neutral switch is in“N” position), 4WD indicator lamp is “ON”. ECM detects the posi-tion because the ECM input signal is approximately 0V.


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

60 W/PU 4WD switch signal


Transfer neutral switch is except neutral posi-tion.4WD switch is “ON”.

Approximately 0V


Except above switch positionBattery voltage (11 - 14V)

SEC797C

TRANSFER SWITCH TB48DE M/T

EC-220

Wiring Diagram

TEC225M


EC-221

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


INSPECTION START

CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR COMBI-NATION METER.1. Disconnect combination meter harness

connector.2. Turn ignition switch “ON”.3. Check voltage between combination

meter terminal q13 and ground.Battery voltage

OK



between combinationmeter and fuse.

I Combination meter. Referto EL section.


CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and

transfer neutral relay harness connector.3. Check harness continuity between Com-

bination meter terminal q13 and transferneutral relay terminal q4 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.

4. Check harness continuity between ECMterminal q60 and transfer neutral relayterminal q4 . Refer to wiring diagram.Continuity should exist.

If OK, reconnect harness connectors.

OK


I Harness connector M21 ,E127

I Harness connector M52 ,F7


CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II.1. Disconnect transfer neutral relay har-

ness connector and transfer neutralswitch harness connector.

2. Check continuity between transfer neu-tral relay terminal q1 and transfer neu-tral switch terminal q1 .Refer to wiring diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, reconnect harness connectors.


I Harness connector E70 ,E201

I Transfer neutral relayRefer to “Checking Posi-tion Switch” in TF section.

I Diode E170I Transfer neutral switch

Refer to “Checking Posi-tion Switch” in TF section.

If NG, repair open circuit,short to ground or short topower in harness connec-tors.

GO TO qA .

SEC799C

H

H

H

H


EC-222

qA

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-III.1. Disconnect transfer neutral relay har-

ness connector and 4WD switch har-ness connectors.

2. Check continuity between transfer neu-tral relay terminal q3 and 4WD switchterminal q1 .Refer to wiring diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, reconnect harness connectors.

OK



I Transfer neutral relayRefer to “Checking Posi-tion Switch” in TF section.

I 4WD switchRefer to “Checking Posi-tion Switch” in TF section.

I Harness open or shortbetween 4WD switch andtransfer neutral relay.

If NG, repair open circuit,short to ground or short topower in harness connec-tors.

CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect 4WD switch harness con-

nector.3. Check harness continuity between 4WD

switch harness connector terminal q2and ground.Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.

4. Disconnect transfer neutral switch har-ness connector.

5. Check harness continuity between trans-fer neutral switch terminal q2 andground.Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.

If OK, check harness for short to power.

OK



I Harness for open or shortbetween 4WD switch andbody ground.

I Harness for open or shortbetween transfer neutralswitch and body ground.



INSPECTION END

H

H

H

H



EC-223

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX



tionActuator


VIAS con-trol

VIAS control solenoid valve


Closed throttle position Throttle valve idle position




When the engine is running at low or medium speed, the ECMsends the signal to the VIAS control solenoid valve then powervalve is fully closed. Under this condition, the effective suction portlength is equivalent to the total length of the intake manifold collec-tor’s suction port including the intake valve. This long suction portprovides increased air intake which results in improved suctionefficiency and higher torque generation.The surge tank and one-way valve are provided. When engine isrunning at high speed, the ECM does not send the signal to theVIAS control solenoid valve, thus enabling power valve to be fullyopened. This signal introduces the intake manifold vacuum into thepower valve actuator and therefore opens the power valve to twosuction passages together in the collector.Under this condition, the effective port length is equivalent to the

SEC802C

VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYSTEM(VIAS) TB48DE M/T

EC-224

length of the suction port provided independently for each cylinder.This shortened port length results in enhanced engine output withreduced suction resistance under high speeds.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

Power valveThe power valve is installed in intake manifold collector and usedto control the suction passage of the variable induction air controlsystem. It is set in the fully closed or fully opened position by thepower valve actuator operated by the vacuum stored in the surgetank. The vacuum in the surge tank is controlled by the VIAS con-trol solenoid valve.

VIAS control solenoid valveThe VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuumsignal for power valve control. It responds to ON/OFF signals fromthe ECM. When the solenoid is off, the vacuum signal from theintake manifold is for high speed. When the ECM sends an ONsignal the coil pulls the plunger downward and feeds the vacuumsignal to the power valve actuator.


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR


27 LG/RVIAS control solenoidvalve

Engine is running.

Idle speed


Engine is running.


SEC803C

SEC804C


Description (Cont’d)

EC-225

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC161M


EC-226


INSPECTION START


With CONSULT-II1. Start engine and warm it up to normal

operating temperature.2. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE

TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.3. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve “ON”

and “OFF”, and make sure that powervalve actuator rod moves.

Without CONSULT-II1. Start engine and warm it up to normal

operating temperature.2. Rev engine quickly up to above 5,000

rpm and make sure that power valveactuator rod moves.

NG

EOK INSPECTION END

CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOIDVALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT.1. Stop engine.2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve



OK



I 10A fuseI Harness continuity

between fuse and VIAScontrol solenoid valve


CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOIDVALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOROPEN AND SHORT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.3. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminal q27 and terminal q2 . Refer toWiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.


OK



RETEST OVERALL FUNCTION.1. Reconnect harness connectors discon-

nected.2. Perform CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

again.

NG

EOK INSPECTION END


OK

ENG Repair or replace harness

or connectors.

Replace VIAS control solenoid valve asintake manifold collector assembly.

SEC805C

SEC806C

SEC804C

SEC807C

H

H

H

H

H

H


EC-227

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component DescriptionThe fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECMsupplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector isenergized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allowsfuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. Theamount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.Pulse duration is the length of time the injector remains open. TheECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuelneeds.




INJ PULSE-B1/B2


Idle 2.4 - 3.2 msec

2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.8 msec

B/FUEL SCHDL dittoIdle 2.0 - 3.2 msec

2,000 rpm 1.4 - 2.6 msec


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

567131415




Idle speed


SEC670C

Engine is running.



SEC671C

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

SEF375Z

INJECTOR TB48DE M/T

EC-228

Wiring Diagram

TEC162M

INJECTOR TB48DE M/T

EC-229

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


INSPECTION START

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION.1. Start engine.

With CONSULT-II

2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in“ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.

3. Make sure that each circuit produces amomentary engine speed drop.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Without CONSULT-II

2. Listen to each injector operating sound.Clicking noise should be heard.

NG

EOK INSPECTION END

CHECK POWER SUPPLY.1. Stop engine.2. Disconnect each injector harness con-

nector.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between each terminal


OK





between injector and fuseblock


CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.3. Check harness continuity between each

terminal q1 and ECM terminals q5 , q6 ,q7 , q13 , q14 , q15 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short to groundand short to power.

OK



I Harness for open or shortbetween ECM and injec-tor


CHECK COMPONENT(Injector).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION” onEC-231.

OK

ENG Replace injector.


INSPECTION END

SEF190Y

SEF730L

SEC793C

SEC808C

H

H

H

H

H

H

INJECTOR TB48DE M/T

EC-230

Component InspectionINJECTOR1. Disconnect injector harness connector.2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.

Resistance: 13.5 - 17.5 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]If NG, replace injector.

SEC809C

INJECTOR TB48DE M/T

EC-231

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX






TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR




START SIGNAL TB48DE M/T

EC-232

Wiring Diagram

TEC163M


EC-233

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


INSPECTION START


With CONSULT-II

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Check “START SIGNAL” in “DATA

MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Without CONSULT-II

1. Turn ignition switch to “START”.2. Check voltage between ECM terminal

q59 and ground.Voltage:

Ignition switch “START”Battery voltage (9 - 12V)

Except aboveApproximately 0V

NG

EOK INSPECTION END

Check if 7.5A fuse is OK.

OKE

NG Replace 7.5A fuse.

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and

7.5A fuse.3. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminal q59 and fuse block.Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short to groundand short to power.

OK



I Harness for open or shortbetween ECM and fuseblock



INSPECTION END

IGN “ON” OFF

IGN “START” ON

PBIB0182E

SEC824C

H

H

H

H

H


EC-234

System Description


Engine speed

ECM EFuelpumprelayIgnition switch

EStart signal

The ECM activates the fuel pump for several sec-onds after the ignition switch is turned on to improveengine storability. If the ECM receives a 120° signalfrom the camshaft position sensor, it knows that theengine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate.If the 120° signal is not received when the ignitionswitch is on, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pumpoperation and prevents battery discharging, therebyimproving safety. The ECM does not directly drivethe fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pumprelay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.

Condition Fuel pump operation

Ignition switch is turned to ON.Operates for5 seconds.

Engine running and cranking Operates.

When engine is stopped Stops in 1 second.

Except as shown above Stops.

Component DescriptionThe fuel pump with a fuel damper is an in-tank type (the pump anddamper are located in the fuel tank).




FUEL PUMP RLY

I Ignition switch is turned to ON (Operates for 5 seconds).I Engine running and crankingI When engine is stopped (Stops in 1 second)

ON

Except as shown above OFF

SEF609V

FUEL PUMP TB48DE M/T

EC-235

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

40*2(41)*1

R/Y Fuel pump relay



Engine is running.

0 - 1.0V


5 seconds after turning ignition switch “ON”


*1: With NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)*2: Without NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)


EC-236

Wiring Diagram

TEC164M


EC-237

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


INSPECTION START

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION.1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Pinch fuel feed hose with fingers.

Fuel pressure pulsation should be felton the fuel feed hose for 5 secondsafter ignition switch is turned “ON”.

NG

EOK INSPECTION END

CHECK POWER SUPPLY.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect fuel pump relay.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between terminals q1 ,


OK



between fuse and fuelpump relay


CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT-I.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect fuel tank gauge unit (fuel

pump) harness connector.3. Check harness continuity between termi-


OK


I Harness connectorsC2 , B37 (LHD models)

I Harness connectorsC2 , B125 (RHD mod-

els)I Harness for open or short

between fuel pump andbody ground


CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT-II.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Check harness continuity between relay

terminal q5 and fuel pump terminal q4 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK


I Harness connectorsM20 , B19 (LHD models)

I Harness connectorsM97 , B103 (RHD mod-

els)I Harness connectors

B137 , C2 (LHD models)I Harness connectors

B125 , C2 (RHD mod-els)

I Harness for open or shortbetween fuel pump andfuel pump relay


qA

(Go to next page.)

SEC810C

SEC684CA

SEF479P

SEF608V

H

H

H

H

H


EC-238

qA

CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.2. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminal q40 (Without NATS) or q41 (WithNATS) and fuel pump relay terminal q2 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK



I Harness for open or shortbetween ECM and fuelpump relay


CHECK COMPONENT(Fuel pump relay).

With CONSULT-II

1. Reconnect fuel pump relay, fuel pumpharness connector and ECM harnessconnector.

2. Turn ignition switch “ON”.3. Turn fuel pump relay “ON” and “OFF” in

“ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-IIand check operating sound.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Without CONSULT-II

Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-240.

OK

ENG Replace fuel pump relay.

CHECK COMPONENT(Fuel pump).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-240.

OK

ENG Replace fuel pump.


INSPECTION END

SEF073Y

H

H

H

H

H



EC-239

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component InspectionFUEL PUMP RELAYCheck continuity between terminals q3 and q5 .


12V direct current supplybetween terminals q1 and q2

Yes



FUEL PUMP1. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.2. Check resistance between terminals q4 and q6 .

Resistance: 0.2 - 5.0 Ω at 25°C (77°F)If NG, replace fuel pump.

SEF511P

SEF607V


EC-240

Component DescriptionThe power steering oil pressure switch is attached to the powersteering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load.When a power steering load is detected, it signals the ECM. TheECM adjusts the IACV-AAC valve to increase the idle speed andadjust for the increased load.





engine

Steering wheel in neutral position(forward direction)

OFF

The steering wheel is turned. ON


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

79 OR/LPower steering oil pres-sure switch

Engine is running.

Steering wheel is being turned.0V

Engine is running.

Steering wheel is not being turned.Approximately 5V

SEC811C

POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH TB48DE M/T

EC-241

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC165M


EC-242



With CONSULT-II

1. Start engine.2. Check “PW/ST SIGNAL” in “DATA

MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.Steering is neutral position: OFFSteering is turned: ON

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Without CONSULT-II1. Start engine.2. Check voltage between ECM terminal


When steering wheel is turnedquickly, or fully turned

Approximately 0VExcept above

Approximately 5V

NG

EOK INSPECTION END

CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect power steering oil pressure

switch harness connector.3. Check harness continuity between termi-


OK




terminal q79 and terminal q1 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short to groundand short to power.

OK



qA

(Go to next page.)

SEF757X

SEC825C

SEC811C

H

H

H

H


EC-243

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qA

CHECK COMPONENT(Power steering oil pressure switch).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-244.

OK

ENG Replace power steering oil

pressure switch.


INSPECTION END

Component InspectionPOWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH1. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connec-

tor then start engine.2. Check continuity between terminals q1 and q2 .


Steering wheel is being turned or fully turned Yes

Steering wheel is not being turned No

If NG, replace power steering oil pressure switch.SEC812C

H

H

H



EC-244

Wiring Diagram

TEC167M

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL TB48DE M/T

EC-245

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


INSPECTION START

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between ECM terminal

q96 , q97 and ground with CONSULT-II ortester.Voltage between q96 and ground:

Rear window defogger “ON”Voltage: Battery voltage

Rear window defogger “OFF”Voltage: 0V

Voltage between q97 and ground:Lighting switch “ON”

Voltage: Battery voltageLighting switch “OFF”

Voltage: 0V

NG

EOK INSPECTION END

CHECK POWER SUPPLY.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect combination switch harness

connector and rear window defoggerrelay harness connector.

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between combination

switch terminal q11 and ground.Voltage: Battery voltage

5. Check voltage between rear windowdefogger relay terminal q6 and ground.Voltage: Battery voltage

If OK, check harness for short to groundor short to power.

OK



I 7.5A fuseI 10A fuseI Harness for open or

short between rear win-dow defogger relay andfuse

I Harness for open orshort between combina-tion switch and fuse

If NG, repair open circuitshort to ground or short topower in harness or con-nectors.

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.2. Check harness continuity between com-

bination switch terminal q12 and ECMterminal q97 . Refer to wiring diagram.Continuity should exist.

3. Check harness continuity between rearwindow defogger relay terminal q5 andECM terminal q96 .Refer to wiring diagram.Continuity should exist.

If OK, reconnect harness connectors.

OK




I Harness open or shortbetween combinationswitch and ECM

I Harness open or shortbetween rear windowdefogger relay

If NG, repair open circuitshort to ground or short topower in harness connec-tors.


INSPECTION END

SEC813C

SEC924C

H

H

H

H

H

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL TB48DE M/T

EC-246

Wiring Diagram

TEC168M

MIL & DATA LINK CONNECTORS TB48DE M/T

EC-247

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Fuel Pressure Regulator

Fuel pressurekPa (bar, kg/cm2, psi)

At idleApproximately

245 (2.45, 2.5, 36)

A few seconds after ignitionswitch is turned OFF to ON

Approximately294 (2.94, 3.0, 43)

Idle Speed and Ignition Timing

Idle speed rpm

Target idle speed 675±50No-load*1(in “N” position)

Air conditioner: ON(in “N” position)

950 or more

Ignition timing 5°±5° BTDC

Throttle position sensoridle position V

0.15 - 0.85

*1: Under the following conditions:I Air conditioner switch: OFFI Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead positionI Electrical load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defog-

ger)

Mass Air Flow Sensor

Supply voltage V Battery voltage (11 - 14)

Output voltage at idle V0.75 - 1.5 at idle*

1.7 - 2.4 at 2,500 rpm*

*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and runningunder no-load.

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 kΩ

50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 kΩ

90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 kΩ

Fuel Pump

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Ω 0.2 - 5.0

EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control SolenoidValve

Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Ω 31 - 35

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) TB48DE M/T

EC-248

IACV-AAC Valve

Terminal No. Resistance Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]

1 - 2

20 - 242 - 3

4 - 5

5 - 6

Injector


Ignition Coil with Power Transistor


3 (+) - 2 (−) Except 0 or

1 (+) - 3 (−)Except 0

1 (+) - 2 (−)

Condenser

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] MΩ Above 1

Throttle Position Sensor


Completely closed 0.15 - 0.85

Completely open 3.5 - 4.7

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) TB48DE M/T

EC-249

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTCALPHABETICAL INDEX FOR DTC

Items(CONSULT-II screen)

DTC*1Reference page

CONSULT-II ECM*2

Unable to access ECM — — EC-310

ACCL POS SEN/CIRC P0121 0121 EC-359

BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 EC-424

CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*7 EC-337

CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 0340 EC-377

COOLANT T SEN/CIRC*4 P0115 0115 EC-345

ECM P0605 0605 EC-384

ECM BACK UP/CIRC P1065 1065 EC-387

ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 EC-404

ETC ACTR P1121 1121 EC-390

ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 EC-393

ETC MOT RLY/CIRC P1123 1123 EC-399

HO2S1 (B1)*5 P0130 0130 EC-366

HO2S1 (B2)*5 P0150 0150 EC-366

IGN SIGNAL-PRIMARY P1320 1320 EC-415

KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0325 0325 EC-373

KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 P0330 0330 EC-373

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*4 P0100 0100 EC-340

NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 1610-1615*6 EC-285

NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. No DTC Flashing*3 EC-286

NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. P0000 0000 —

THRTL POS SEN/CIRC*4 P0120 0120 EC-350

*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).*3: While engine is running.*4: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MIL illuminates.*5: Models with three way catalyst.*6: Models with NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)*7: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX TB48DE A/T

EC-250

P NO. INDEX FOR DTC

DTC*1 Items(CONSULT-II screen)

Reference pageCONSULT-II ECM*2

— — Unable to access ECM EC-310

No DTC Flashing*3 NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. EC-286

U1000 1000*7 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-337

P0000 0000 NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. —

P0100 0100 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*4 EC-340

P0115 0115 COOLANT T SEN/CIRC*4 EC-345

P0120 0120 THRTL POS SEN/CIRC*4 EC-350

P0121 0121 ACCL POS SEN/CIRC EC-359

P0130 0130 HO2S1 (B1)*5 EC-366

P0150 0150 HO2S1 (B2)*5 EC-366

P0325 0325 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-373

P0330 0330 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 EC-373

P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-377

P0605 0605 ECM EC-384

P1065 1065 ECM BACK UP/CIRC EC-387

P1121 1121 ETC ACTR EC-390

P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC EC-393

P1123 1123 ETC MOT RLY/CIRC EC-399

P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-404

P1320 1320 IGN SIGNAL-PRIMARY EC-415

P1610 1610-1615*6 NATS MALFUNCTION EC-285

P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-424

*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).*3: While engine is running.*4: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MIL illuminates.*5: Models with three way catalyst.*6: Models with NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)*7: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX TB48DE A/T

Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC (Cont’d)

EC-251

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIRBAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” used along witha seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types ofcollision. The SRS system composition which is available to NISSAN MODEL Y61 is as follows (The compo-sition varies according to the destination and optional equipment.):I For a frontal collision

The Supplemental Restraint System consists of driver air bag module (located in the center of the steer-ing wheel), front passenger air bag module (located on the instrument panel on passenger side), seat beltpre-tensioners, a diagnosis sensor unit, warning lamp, wiring harness and spiral cable.

I For a side collisionThe Supplemental Restraint System consists of front side air bag module (located in the outer side of frontseat), satellite sensor, diagnosis sensor unit (one of components of air bags for a frontal collision), wiringharness, warning lamp (one of components of air bags for a frontal collision).

Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the RS section of this Service Manual.WARNING:I To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death

in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance should be per-formed by an authorized NISSAN dealer.

I Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and AirBag Module, see the RS section.

I Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in thisService Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow harness connector.

Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD)System of Engine

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn thedriver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.CAUTION:I Be sure to turn the ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any

repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc.will cause the MIL to light up.

I Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector willcause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,dirt, bent terminals, etc.)

I Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-locking type harness connector.For description and how to disconnect, refer to EL section, “Description”, “HARNESS CONNEC-TOR”.

I Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness witha bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.

I Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM beforereturning the vehicle to the customer.

PRECAUTIONS TB48DE A/T

EC-252

Engine Fuel & Emission Control SystemI Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.I Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine

is running.I Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness

connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect nega-tive battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage the ECMbecause battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignitionswitch is turned off.

I Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and thendisconnect battery ground cable.

I Do not disassemble ECM.I If a battery terminal is disconnected, the memory will

return to the ECM value.The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal isdisconnected. However, this is not an indication of a prob-lem. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.

I When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten itsecurely with a lever as far as it will go as shown at right.

SEF289H

SEF707Y

PBIB0088E

PBIB0089E


EC-253

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

I When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into orfrom ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend orbreak).Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECMpin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.

I Securely connect ECM harness connectors.A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting indamage to ICs.

I Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in)away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine controlsystem malfunctions due to receiving external noise,degraded operation of ICs, etc.

I Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.

I Before replacing ECM, perform “ECM Terminals and Refer-ence Value” inspection and make sure ECM functionsproperly. Refer to EC-318.

I Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.I Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.I Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of deter-

gent.I Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.I Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause seri-

ous problems.I Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor.

I After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform“DTC Confirmation Procedure” or “Overall FunctionCheck”.The DTC should not be displayed in the “DTC ConfirmationProcedure” if the repair is completed. The “Overall Func-tion Check” should be a good result if the repair is com-pleted.

PBIB0090E

MEF040D

SAT652J



EC-254

I When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, neverallow the two tester probes to contact.Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit anddamage the ECM power transistor.

I Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to theECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals,such as the ground.

I Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.I Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.

I Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.I Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unneces-

sarily.I Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.

I When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sureto observe the following as it may adversely affect elec-tronic control systems depending on installation location.

— Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electroniccontrol units.

— Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) awayfrom the harness of electronic controls. Do not let themrun parallel for a long distance.

— Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave radio can be kept smaller.

— Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.

SEF348N

SEC686C

SEF709Y

SEF708Y



EC-255

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

I Regarding TB48DE engine, “B1” and “B2” are located asin the following illustration.

Wiring Diagrams and Trouble DiagnosisWhen you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following:I “How to Read Wiring Diagrams” in GI sectionI “POWER SUPPLY ROUTING” for power distribution circuit in

EL sectionWhen you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:I “HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAG-

NOSES” in GI sectionI “How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident”

in GI section

SEC888C

SEC889C



EC-256

Special Service Tool

Tool numberTool name

Description

KV10117100Heated oxygen sensorwrench

NT379

Loosening or tightening front heated oxygensensor with 22 mm hexagon nut

Commercial Service Tools

Tool name Description

Fuel filler cap adapter

NT653

Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve openingpressure

Oxygen sensor threadcleaner

AEM488

Reconditioning the exhaust system threadsbefore installing a new oxygen sensor. Use withanti-seize lubricant shown below.a: 18 mm dia. with pitch 1.5 mm, for Zirconia

Oxygen Sensorb: 12 mm dia. with pitch 1.25 mm, for Titania

Oxygen Sensor

Anti-seize lubricant(PermatexTM 133AR orequivalent meeting MILspecification MIL-A-907)

NT779

Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning toolwhen reconditioning exhaust system threads.

PREPARATION TB48DE A/T

EC-257

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Circuit Diagram

TEC241M

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALLSYSTEM TB48DE A/T

EC-258

TEC242M



EC-259

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

System Diagram

SEC197D


EC-260

Engine Control Component Parts Location

SEC191D


EC-261

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

SEC538CA

SEC540C

SEC542C

SEC192D

SEC539C

SEC541C



EC-262

SEC543C

SEC544C

SEC546CA

SEC545C

SEC547CA



EC-263

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Vacuum Hose Drawing

Refer to “System Diagram”, EC-260, for vacuum control system.Note: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses.

SEC548C


EC-264

VACUUM HOSE DRAWING FOR VIAS

SEC887C


Vacuum Hose Drawing (Cont’d)

EC-265

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

System Chart

Camshaft position sensor E

ECM

Mass air flow sensor E

Engine coolant temperature sensor E

Heater oxygen sensor 1*1 E

Ignition switch E

Throttle position sensor E

Accelerator pedal position sensor E

Park/neutral position (PNP) switch E

Vehicle speed sensor*3 E

Air conditioner switch*3 E

Ambient air temperature switch E

Battery voltage E

A/T mode switch E

Knock sensor E

Electrical load*3 E

Power steering oil pressure switch E

TCM (Transmission control module) E

NATS*2 E

*1: Model with three way catalyst*2: Model with NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)*3: The signals are sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

Fuel injection &mixture ratio control E Fuel injectors

Electronic ignition system E Power transistor

Idle air control system EElectric throttle controlactuatorFuel injectors

Fuel pump control E Fuel pump relay

On board diagnostic system EMIL (On the instrumentpanel)

Power valve control E VIAS control solenoid valve

Intake valve timing control EIntake valve timing controlsolenoid valve

Heated oxygen sensor 1monitor*1 & on board diag-nostic system

EMalfunction indicator lamp(On the instrument panel)

EVAP canister purge flowcontrol E


Heated oxygen sensorheater control*1 E Heated oxygen sensor 1*1

Air conditioner cut control E Air conditioner relay

Cooling fan control E Cooling fan relays


EC-266

Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) SystemINPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL LINE



ECM E Injector





Heated oxygen sensor 1*1E

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas


Throttle position

Accelerator pedal position sensorE

Accelerator pedal position

Park/neutral position (PNP) switchE

Gear position

Vehicle speed*2E

Vehicle speed

Air conditioner switch*2E

Air conditioner operation

Ignition switchE

Start signal

Battery voltageE

Battery voltage

*1: Model with three way catalyst*2: Signals are sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

BASIC MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTIONSYSTEMThe amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector isdetermined by the ECM. The ECM controls thelength of time the valve remains open (injectionpulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is aprogram value in the ECM memory. The programvalue is preset by engine operating conditions.These conditions are determined by input signals(for engine speed and intake air) from both the cam-shaft position sensor and the mass air flow sensor.

VARIOUS FUEL INJECTIONINCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATIONThe amount of fuel injected is compensated for toimprove engine performance. This will be madeunder various operating conditions as listed below.<Fuel increase>I During warm-upI When starting the engineI During accelerationI Hot-engine operation<Fuel decrease>I During decelerationI When the vehicle speed is extremely highI Extremely high-engine coolant temperatureI When select lever is changed from “N” to “D” at

high engine speed (A/T models only)

ENGINE AND EMISSION BASIC CONTROL SYSTEMDESCRIPTION TB48DE A/T

EC-267

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL) [MODEL WITH THREEWAY CATALYST]

The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission con-trol. The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system usesheated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor if the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECMadjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about heatedoxygen sensor 1. This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture).This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.

Open loop controlThe open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedbackcontrol stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.I Deceleration and accelerationI High-load, high-speed operationI Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuitI Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperatureI High engine coolant temperatureI During warm-upI After shifting from “N” to “D” (For A/T models)I When starting the engine

MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL [MODEL WITH THREE WAY CATALYST]The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygensensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close tothe theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled asoriginally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot film) and characteristicchanges during operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. Thisis then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference betweenthe two ratios.“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trimincludes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoreticalvalue. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN comparedto the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and anincrease in fuel volume if it is lean.“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviationof the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,wear over time and changes in the usage environment.

PBIB0121E



EC-268

FUEL INJECTION SYSTEMTwo types of systems are used.

Simultaneous multiport fuel injection systemFuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice eachengine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of the same width aresimultaneously transmitted from the ECM.The six injectors will then receive the signals two times for eachengine cycle.This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if thefail-safe mode (CPU) is operating.

Sequential multiport fuel injection systemFuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle accord-ing to the firing order. This system is used when the engine is run-ning.

FUEL SHUT-OFFFuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation ofthe engine at excessively high speeds.

SEF630V



EC-269

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Electronic Ignition (EI) SystemINPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL LINE



ECM E Powertransistor






Throttle position

Accelerator pedal position sensorE

Accelerator pedal position

Vehicle speed*1E

Vehicle speed

Ignition switchE

Start signal

Park/neutral position switchE

Gear position

BatteryE

Battery voltage

Knock sensorE

Knock signal

*1: Signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONThe ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the bestair-fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine.The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms themap shown left.The ECM detects information such as the injection pulse width andcamshaft position sensor signal. Responding to this information,ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.

e.g. N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msecA °BTDC

During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by theECM according to the other data stored in the ECM.I At startingI During warm-upI At idleI Hot-engine operationI At accelerationThe knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies.The basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti-knockingzone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retardsystem does not operate under normal driving conditions.If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignitiontiming to eliminate the knocking condition.

SEF742M


EC-270

Air Conditioning Cut ControlINPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL LINE


Engine speed

ECM EAir condi-tionerrelay

Air conditioner switch*1E

Air conditioner “ON” signal


Throttle valve opening angle

Ignition switchE

Start signal



Vehicle speed*1E

Vehicle speed

Ambient air temperature switchE

Ambient air temperature

*1: Signals are sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONThis system improves engine operation when the airconditioner is used.Under the following conditions, the air conditioner isturned off.

I When the accelerator pedal is fully depressedI When cranking the engineI During the engine coolant temperature is exces-

sively highI During high-engine speed operation


EC-271

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Fuel Cut Control (at no load & high enginespeed)

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL LINE

Vehicle speed*1 EVehicle speed

ECM E Injectors

Park/neutral position (PNP) switch ENeutral position


Accelerator pedal position sensor EAccelerator pedal position



*1: Signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

If the engine speed is above 2,800 rpm with no load (for example,in neutral and engine speed over 2,800 rpm) fuel will be cut off aftersome time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based onengine speed.Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 1,000 rpm,then fuel cut is cancelled.NOTE:This function is different than deceleration control listed undermultiport fuel injection on EC-267.


EC-272

CAN CommunicationSYSTEM DESCRIPTIONCAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Manyelectronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links withother control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wir-ing. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.

SYSTEM DIAGRAM

Input/output signal chartT: Transmit R: Receive

Signals Combination meter TCM ECM

Engine speed signal R R T

Engine coolant temperature signal R R T

Accelerator pedal position signal R T

Closed throttle position signal R T

Wide open throttle position signal R T

A/T fluid temperature warning lamp signal R T R

Current gear position signal R T R

Shift change signal T R

Air conditioner switch signal T R

Headlamp switch signal T R

Rear window defogger switch signal T R

Brake switch signal T R

Vehicle speed signal T R R

A/T self diagnosis signal T R

Manual mode signal T R

SEL599Y


EC-273

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Description

The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbonsemitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system. This reduction ofhydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAPcanister.The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canisterwhich contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there whenthe engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.The EVAP canister retains the fuel vapor until the EVAP canister ispurged by air.The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through thepurge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating.EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled byECM. When the engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlledby EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is propor-tionally regulated as the air flow increases.EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts offthe vapor purge line when decelerating or idling.

InspectionEVAP CANISTERBlow air into each of three ports to check that air flows freely.

SEF749T

SEF083Y

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM TB48DE A/T

EC-274

FUEL CHECK VALVE1. Blow air through connector on fuel tank side.

A considerable resistance should be felt and a portion of air flowshould be directed toward the EVAP canister side.

2. Blow air through connector on EVAP canister side.Air flow should be smoothly directed toward fuel tank side.

3. If fuel check valve is suspected of not properly functioning insteps 1 and 2 above, replace it.

FUEL CUT VALVE

Cut valve operationEnsure that continuity of air passage does not exist when theinstalled cut valve is tilted to 90° or 180°.

FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE1. Wipe clean valve housing.2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

Pressure:16.0 - 20.0 kPa (0.16 - 0.20 bar, 0.163 - 0.204kg/cm 2, 2.32 - 2.90 psi)

Vacuum:−6.0 to −3.5 kPa (−0.060 to −0.035 bar, −0.061 to−0.036 kg/cm 2, −0.87 to −0.51 psi)

3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.CAUTION:Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement.

SEF631V

SEC886CA

SEF632VA

SEF084Y

SEF943S



EC-275

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) CANISTER PURGEVOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVERefer to EC-435.

EVAP VAPOR LINEVisually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and forcracks, damage, loose connections, chafing and deterioration.Refer to Vacuum Hose Drawing, EC-264.



EC-276

DescriptionThis system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold collector.The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intakemanifold.During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCVvalve.Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.The ventilating air is then drawn from the air duct into the crankcase. In this process the air passes throughthe hose connecting air inlet tubes to the rocker cover.Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because someof the flow will go through the hose connection to the intake collector under all conditions.

InspectionPCV (Positive Crankcase Ventilation) VALVEWith engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from breather sepa-rator. A properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passesthrough it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a fin-ger is placed over the valve inlet.

PCV HOSE1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any

hose cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.

SEF921W

SEC137A

ET277

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION TB48DE A/T

EC-277

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Fuel Pressure ReleaseBefore disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuelline to eliminate danger.

With CONSULT-II1. Start engine.2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT”

mode with CONSULT-II.(Touch “START” and after engine stalls, crank it two or threetimes to release all fuel pressure.)

3. Turn ignition switch off.

Without CONSULT-II1. Remove fuse for fuel pump.2. Start engine.3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel

pressure.4. Turn ignition switch off and reconnect fuel pump fuse.

Fuel Pressure CheckI When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps.I Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent

parts.I Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.I Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.1. Release fuel pressure to zero, refer to above.2. Disconnect fuel hose between fuel filter and fuel tube (engine

side).3. Install pressure gauge between fuel filter and fuel tube.4. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.

5. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.At idling:


A few seconds after ignition switch is turned OFF toON:


6. Stop engine and disconnect fuel pressure regulator vacuumhose from intake manifold.

7. Plug intake manifold with a rubber cap.8. Connect variable vacuum source to fuel pressure regulator.9. Start engine and read indication of fuel pressure gauge as

vacuum is changed.Fuel pressure should decrease as vacuum increases. If resultsare unsatisfactory, replace fuel pressure regulator.

SEF214Y

SEC550C

SEC551C

SEF718BA

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE TB48DE A/T

EC-278

Injector Removal and Installation1. Release fuel pressure to zero.2. Disconnect harness connector clip.3. Disconnect injector harness connectors.4. Disconnect fuel hoses from fuel tube assembly.5. Remove fuel tube assemblies in reverse numerical sequence of

that shown in the figure at left.

6. Expand and remove clips securing fuel injectors.7. Extract fuel injectors straight from fuel tubes.I Do not extract injector by pinching connector.I Be careful not to damage injector nozzles during removal.I Do not bump or drop fuel injectors.

8. Install injector to fuel tube assembly.I Lubricate O-rings with a smear of silicone oil.I Be careful not to damage O-rings with service tools, finger

nails or clips. Do not expand or twist O-rings.I Discard old clips, replace with new ones.9. Position clips in grooves on fuel injectors.I Make sure that protrusions of fuel injectors are aligned

with cutouts of clips after installation.10. Align protrusions of fuel tubes with those of fuel injectors. Insert

fuel injectors straight into fuel tubes.11. After properly inserting fuel injectors, check to make sure that

fuel tube protrusions are engaged with those of fuel injectors,and that flanges of fuel tube are engaged with clips.

12. Tighten fuel tube assembly mounting nuts in numericalsequence (indicated in the figure at left) and in two stages.

: Tightening torque N ⋅m (kg-m, ft-lb)1st stage:

9 - 20 (0.9 - 2.1, 7 - 15)2nd stage:

21 - 26 (2.1 - 2.7, 16 - 19)13. Insert fuel hoses into fuel tubes so that ends of fuel hoses butt

up against fuel tubes; fasten with clamps, avoiding bulges.CAUTION:After properly connecting fuel tube assembly to injector andfuel hose, check connection for fuel leakage.

SEC552C

SEC553C

SEC559C

SEC554C

SEC552C


EC-279

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

How to Check Idle Speed and Ignition TimingIDLE SPEEDI Using CONSULT-IICheck idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

IGNITION TIMINGAny of following two methods may be used.I Method A1) Attach timing light to loop wire as shown.2) Check ignition timing.

I Method Ba) Remove No. 1 ignition coil.b) Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable

high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to thiswire.

c) Check ignition timing.

Accelerator Pedal Released Position LearningDESCRIPTION“Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning” is an operation to learn the fully released position of theaccelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed eachtime harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.

OPERATION PROCEDURE1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.2. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.3. Turn ignition switch “OFF” wait at least 10 seconds.4. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” wait at least 10 seconds.

SEF058Y

SEC560C

SEC561C

SEF166Y


EC-280

Throttle Valve Closed Position LearningDESCRIPTION“Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning” is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valveby monitorizing the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connectorof electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.

OPERATION PROCEDURE1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.

Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.

Idle Air Volume LearningDESCRIPTION“Idle Air Volume Learning” is an operation to learn the idle air vol-ume that keeps each engine within the specific range. It must beperformed under any of the following conditions:I Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.I Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.

PRE-CONDITIONINGBefore performing “Idle Air Volume Learning”, make sure that all ofthe following conditions are satisfied.Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions aremissed for even a moment.I Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)I Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 99°C (158 - 210°F)I PNP switch: ONI Electric load switch: OFF

(Air conditioner, heater fan, headlamp, rear window defogger)I Cooling fan motor: Not operatingI Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)I Vehicle speed: StoppedI Transmission: Warmed-up

For models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMPSE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “A/T” system indicates lessthan 0.9V.For models without CONSULT-II, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.

OPERATION PROCEDURE

With CONSULT-II1. Perform EC-282, “Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning”.2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.3. Check that all items listed under the topic “PRE-CONDITION-

ING” (previously mentioned) are in good order.4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.6. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-II screen.

If “INCMP” is displayed, “Idle Air Volume Learning” will not becarried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of theproblem by referring to the “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-282.

7. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idlespeed and ignition timing are within the specifications.

ITEM SPECIFICATION

Idle speed 675±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)

Ignition timing 5±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)

SEF217Z

SEF454Y

SEF455Y


EC-281

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Without CONSULT-IINOTE:I It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.I It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit

has a malfunction.1. Perform EC-282, “Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning”.2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.3. Check that all items listed under the topic “PRE-CONDITIONING” (previously mentioned) are in good

order.4. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch “ON” and wait 3 seconds.6. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL goes

off.8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL goes off.9. Start engine and let it idle.10. Wait 20 seconds.

11. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within thespecifications.

ITEM SPECIFICATION

Idle speed 675±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” position)

Ignition timing 5±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” position)

12. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, the result will be incomplete. In this case,find the cause of the problem by referring to the “Diagnostic Procedure” EC-282.

DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDUREIf idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.2. Check PCV valve operation.3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi-

tion are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the problem.It is useful to perform EC-327, “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — SPECIFICATION VALUE”.

5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of theproblem and perform “Idle air volume learning” all over again:

I Engine stalls.I Erroneous idle.

PBIB0091E


Idle Air Volume Learning (Cont’d)

EC-282

IntroductionThe ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-tors. Self-diagnosis items are listed in “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE INDEX”, EC-250.The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when a specific malfunction is detected,or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode (Refer to EC-310.). For diagnostic items causing the MIL to light up,refer to “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE INDEX”, EC-250.

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)HOW TO READ DTCMalfunction items can be confirmed by the following methods.

With CONSULT-IICONSULT-II displays the DTC in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode.Examples: P0100, P0120, P0340, etc. (CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)

Without CONSULT-IIThe number of blinks of the malfunction indicator lamp in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results)indicates the DTC. Examples: 0100, 1320, etc.I Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, Mode II does not indicate whether the malfunc-

tion is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal.CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if avail-able) is recommended.

A sample of CONSULT-II display is shown at left. The malfunctionis displayed in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-SULT-II. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle wasdriven after the last detection of a malfunction.If the malfunction is being detected currently, the time data will be“0”.

FREEZE FRAME DATAThe ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolanttemperature, short term fuel trim*, long term fuel trim*, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle positionand base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected.Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the DTC, are called freeze frame data. The data, storedtogether with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II. The freeze framedata can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. For details, see EC-292.Only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM.When more than one DTC is detected, the freeze frame data detected first is stored in the memory.The freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures forclearing the ECM memory are described in “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR-MATION”. Refer to EC-283.*: Model with three way catalyst

HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION

How to erase DTC (With CONSULT-II)1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least

9 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.2. Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “ENGINE”.3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)

SEC890C

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION TB48DE A/T

EC-283

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

The emission-related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-II.

How to erase DTC (No tools)1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once.2. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again.3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to

EC-286, “How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode”.NOTE:I If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost after approx.

24 hours.I The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.1) Diagnostic trouble codes2) Freeze frame data3) OthersActual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, butall of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.

SEC555C


Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) (Cont’d)

EC-284

NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)I If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in

the “ON” position or “NATS MALFUNCTION” is displayedon “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” screen, perform self-diagnosticresults mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.Refer to NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) in EL section.

I Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayedbefore touching “ERASE” in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” modewith CONSULT-II.

I When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system andregistration of all NATS ignition key IDs must be carried outwith CONSULT-II using NATS program card.Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner.Regarding the procedure of NATS initialization and NATSignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-II operationmanual, NATS.

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)The MIL is located on the instrument panel.1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON

without the engine running. This is a bulb check.I If the MIL does not light up, refer to EL section, “WARNING

LAMPS” or see EC-480.2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.

If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system hasdetected an engine system malfunction.

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONThe on board diagnostic system has the following four functions.

Diagnostic test mode I1. BULB CHECK:

This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open circuit, etc.).If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit and ECM test mode selector. (See EC-286.)

2. MALFUNCTION WARNING:This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is detected, the MIL will light up to inform the driverthat a malfunction has been detected.

Diagnostic test mode II3. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS:

This function allows DTCs to be read.4. HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR*:


SEF543X

SAT652J


EC-285

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

MIL flashing without DTCIf the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MIL may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM testmode following “HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODES”.How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are described later. (SeeEC-286.)

Condition Diagnostic Test Mode I Diagnostic Test Mode II

Ignition switch in “ON” position

Engine stopped

BULB CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

Engine running

MALFUNCTION WARNINGHEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

MONITOR*


The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.1) Diagnostic trouble codes2) Free frame data3) Others

HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODENOTE:I It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.I It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit

has a malfunction.I Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned “OFF”.

How to set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch “ON” and wait 3 seconds.2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts

blinking.4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.

ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).

How to set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor) [Model with threeway catalyst]1. Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-286, “How to Set Diagnos-

tic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)”.2. Start Engine.

ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).ECM will start heated oxygen sensor 1 monitoring from the bank 1 sensor.

PBIB0092E



EC-286

How to switch monitored sensor from Bank 1 to Bank 2 or vice versa (Model with threeway catalyst)1. Fully depress the accelerator pedal quickly and then release it immediately.2. Make sure that monitoring sensor has changed by MIL blinking as follows.

How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-286 “How to Set Diagnostic Test

Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)”.2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.

The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECKIn this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to“WARNING LAMPS” in EL section or see EC-480.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING

MIL Condition

ON When the malfunction is detected or the ECM’s CPU is malfunctioning.

OFF No malfunction.

I These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS).

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

PBIB0093E

SEC687C



EC-287

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicatedby the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 secondsconsisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the laternumeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC “0000” refers to nomalfunction. (See EC-250, “INDEX FOR DTC”.)

How to erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer toEC-286 “How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode”.I If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory after approx. 24 hours.I Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR (MODEL WITHTHREE WAY CATALYST)In this mode, the MIL displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heatedoxygen sensor 1.

MIL Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Air fuel ratio feedback control condition

ON LeanClosed loop system

OFF Rich

*Remains ON or OFF Any condition Open loop system

*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.

To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up untilengine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load conditions. Then make sure that theMIL comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no-load.



EC-288

CONSULT-IICONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Connect “CONSULT-II” to data link connector.

(Data link connector is located under the instrument lowercover on the driver’s side.)

3. Turn ignition switch ON.4. Touch “ENGINE”.

5. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each serviceprocedure.

For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.

SAT619K

SEC557C

SEC558C


EC-289

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

FUNCTION

Diagnostic test mode Function

Work supportThis mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by follow-ing the indications on the CONSULT-II unit.

Self-diagnostic results Self-diagnostic results such as DTCs and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*1

Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.

Data monitor (SPEC)Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value andthe other data monitor items can be read.

Active testDiagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs andalso shifts some parameters in a specified range.

Function testConducted by CONSULT-II instead of a technician to determine whether each system is “OK”or “NG”.

ECM part number ECM part number can be read.

*1 The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.1. Diagnostic trouble codes2. Freeze frame data3. Others

WORK SUPPORT MODE

WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE

TP SW/TP SEN IDLE POSI ADJ I FOLLOW THE BASIC INSPECTION INSTRUCTION INTHE SERVICE MANUAL.

When adjusting the idle throttleposition

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE I FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START”DURING IDLING.CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.

When releasing fuel pressurefrom fuel line

IDLE AIR VOL LEARN I THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINEWITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED INECM.

When learning the idle air volume

TARGET IGNITION TIMING ADJ* I IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition tim-ingAfter adjustment, confirm targetignition timing with a timing light.I If once the “TARGET IDLE

RPM ADJ” has been done, theIdle Air Volume Learning proce-dure will not be completed.

TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* I IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed

CO ADJUSTMENT I IDLE CONDITION When setting “CO” adjustmentvalue

*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.



EC-290

ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION

Item

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE

WORKSUPPORT

SELF-DIAGNOSTICRESULTS

DATAMONITOR

DATAMONITOR

(SPEC)

ACTIVETEST

DTCFREEZEFRAMEDATA

EN

GIN

EC

ON

TR

OL

CO

MP

ON

EN

TPA

RT

S

INP

UT

Camshaft position sensor x x x x

Mass air flow sensor x x x

Engine coolant temperature sen-sor x x x x x

Heated oxygen sensor 1*1 x x x

Vehicle speed sensor x x x

Accelerator pedal position sensor x x x

Throttle position sensor x x x

Knock sensor x

Ignition switch (start signal) x x

Closed throttle position switch(accelerator pedal position sen-sor signal)

x x

Air conditioner switch x x

Park/neutral position (PNP)switch x x

Power steering oil pressureswitch x x

Ambient air temperature switch x x

Battery voltage x x

Load signal x x

OU

TP

UT

Injectors x x x

Power transistor (Ignition timing)x

(Ignition sig-nal)

x x x

Throttle control motor relay x x x

EVAP canister purge volumecontrol solenoid valve x x x

Air conditioner relay x x

Fuel pump relay x x x x

Cooling fan x x x x

Heated oxygen sensor 1heater*1 x x

Intake valve timing control sole-noid valve x x x

VIAS control solenoid valve x x x

Calculated load value x x

CO adjustment value*2 x

X: Applicable*1: Model with three way catalyst*2: Model without three way catalyst



EC-291

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODERegarding items detected in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode, refer to “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODEINDEX”, EC-250.

Freeze frame data

Freeze frame data item Description

DIAG TROUBLE CODE[PXXXX]

I Engine Control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Referto “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX”, EC-250.)

FUEL SYS-B1* I “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.I One mode in the following is displayed.

“MODE 2”: Open loop due to detected system malfunction“MODE 3”: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enrichment)“MODE 4”: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control“MODE 5”: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop

COOLANT TEMP [°C] or[°F]

I The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%]* I “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.I The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel

schedule.

L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%]* I “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.I The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel sched-

ule than short-term fuel trim.

ENGINE SPEED [rpm] I The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

VEHICL SPEED [km/h]or [mph]

I The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

ABSOL TH⋅P/S [degree]or [%]

I The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.

B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] I The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.




EC-292

DATA MONITOR MODE


ECMinput

signals

Mainsignals Description Remarks

ENG SPEED [rpm]



I Accuracy becomes poor if engine speeddrops below the idle rpm.

I If the signal is interrupted while theengine is running, an abnormal valuemay be indicated.

MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] q q I The signal voltage of the mass air flowsensor is displayed.




COOLAN TEMP/S[°C] or [°F]

q qI The engine coolant temperature (deter-

mined by the signal voltage of the enginecoolant temperature sensor) is displayed.

I When the engine coolant temperaturesensor is open or short-circuited, ECMenters fail-safe mode. The engine coolanttemperature determined by the ECM isdisplayed.

HO2S1* (B1)** [V] q q I The signal voltage of the heated oxygensensor 1 is displayed.

HO2S1* (B2)** [V] q qHO2S1 MNTR* (B1)**[RICH/LEAN] q

I Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signalduring air-fuel ratio feedback control:RICH ... means the mixture became“rich”, and control is being affectedtoward a leaner mixture.LEAN ... means the mixture became“lean”, and control is being affectedtoward a rich mixture.

I After turning ON the ignition switch,“RICH” is displayed until air-fuel mixtureratio feedback control begins.

I When the air-fuel ratio feedback isclamped, the value just before the clamp-ing is displayed continuously.

HO2S1 MNTR* (B2)**[RICH/LEAN] qVHCL SPEED SE[km/h] or [mph] q q I The vehicle speed computed from the

vehicle speed sensor signal is displayed.

BATTERY VOLT [V] q q I The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-played.

ACCEL SEN 1 [V] q q I The accelerator pedal position sensorsignal voltage is displayed.

ACCEL SEN 2 [V] qTHRTL SEN 1 [V] q q I The throttle position sensor signal volt-

age is displayed.

THRTL SEN 2 [V] qSTART SIGNAL[ON/OFF] q q I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the

starter signal.I After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-

played regardless of the starter signal.

CLSD TH POS[ON/OFF] q q I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the

throttle position sensor signal.

AIR COND SIG[ON/OFF] q q

I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the airconditioner switch as determined by theair conditioner signal.

P/N POSI SW[ON/OFF] q q I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the

park/neutral position switch signal.

PW/ST SIGNAL[ON/OFF] q q

I [ON/OFF] condition of the power steeringoil pressure switch determined by thepower steering oil pressure signal is indi-cated.



EC-293

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


ECMinput

signals

Mainsignals

Description Remarks

LOAD SIGNAL[ON/OFF]

q q

I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from theelectrical load signal.ON ... Rear window defogger switch isON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd posi-tion.OFF ... Both rear window defoggerswitch and lighting switch are OFF.

AMB TEMP SW[ON/OFF] q I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the

ambient air temperature switch signal.

IGNITION SW[ON/OFF] q I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from igni-

tion switch.

BRAKE SW [ON/OFF] q I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from thestop lamp switch signal.

THRTL RELAY[ON/OFF] q

I Indicates the throttle control motor relaycontrol condition determined by the ECMaccording to the input.

INJ PULSE-B1 [msec]

qI Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse

width compensated by ECM according tothe input signals.

I When the engine is stopped, a certaincomputed value is indicated.

IGN TIMING [BTDC] q I Indicates the ignition timing computed byECM according to the input signals.


A/F ALPHA-B1* [%] q I The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed-back correction factor per cycle is indi-cated.



A/F ALPHA-B2* [%] qCAL/LD VALUE [%] I “Calculated load value” indicates the

value of the current airflow divided bypeak airflow.

PURG VOL C/V [%] I Indicates the EVAP canister purge vol-ume control solenoid valve control valuecomputed by the ECM according to theinput signals.

I The opening becomes larger as thevalue increases.

VIAS S/V [ON/OFF] I The control condition of the VIAS controlsolenoid valve (determined by ECMaccording to the input signals) is indi-cated.

I OFF ... VIAS control solenoid valve is notoperating.ON ... VIAS control solenoid valve isoperating.

INT/V SOL-B1[ON/OFF]

I The control condition of the intake valvetiming control solenoid valve (determinedby ECM according to the input signals) isindicated.ON ... intake valve timing control is oper-ating.OFF ... Intake valve timing control is notoperating.

AIR COND RLY[ON/OFF] q

I The air conditioner relay control condition(determined by ECM according to theinput signal) is indicated.



EC-294


ECMinput

signals

Mainsignals

Description Remarks

FUEL PUMP RLY[ON/OFF] q

I Indicates the fuel pump relay control con-dition determined by ECM according tothe input signals.

HO2S1 HTR* (B1)**[ON/OFF]

I Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heatedoxygen sensor 1 heater determined byECM according to the input signals.HO2S1 HTR* (B2)**

[ON/OFF]

COOLING FAN[HI/LOW/OFF]

q

I The control condition of the cooling fan(determined by ECM according to theinput signal) is indicated.HI ... High speed operationLOW ... Low speed operationOFF ... Stop

IDL A/V LEARN [YET/CMPLT/INCMP]

I Display the condition of idle air volumelearningYET ... Idle air volume learning has notbeen performed yet.CMPLT ... Idle air volume learning hasalready been performed successfully.INCMP ... Idle air volume learning hasnot been performed successfully.

Voltage [V] I Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulsewidth measured by the probe.

I Only “#” is displayed if item is unable tobe measured.

I Figures with “#”s are temporary ones.They are the same figures as an actualpiece of data which was just previouslymeasured.

Frequency [msec],[Hz] or [%]

DUTY-HI

DUTY-LOW

PLS WIDTH-HI

PLS WIDTH-LOW




EC-295

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE

Monitored Item

Monitored item [Unit] ECMinput

signals

Mainsignals

Description Remarks

ENG SPEED [rpm]



MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] q q I The signal voltage of the mass air flowsensor specification is displayed.





A/F ALPHA-B1** [%]*A/F ALPHA-B2** [%]* q

I The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed-back correction factor per cycle is indi-cated.






EC-296

ACTIVE TEST MODE

TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

IGNITION TIMING


I Timing light: SetI Retard the ignition timing using

CONSULT-II.


I Adjust ignition timing (by movingcamshaft position sensor)

POWER BAL-ANCE


I A/C switch “OFF”I Shift lever “N”I Cut off each injector signal one

at a time using CONSULT-II.

Engine runs rough or dies.

I Harness and connectorI CompressionI InjectorsI Power transistorI Spark plugsI Ignition coil

COOLING FANI Ignition switch: ONI Turn the cooling fan “HI”, “LOW”

and “OFF” using CONSULT-II.Cooling fan moves and stops.

I Harness and connectorI Cooling fan motorI Cooling fan relay

ENG COOLANTTEMP


I Change the engine coolant tem-perature using CONSULT-II.


I Harness and connectorI Engine coolant temperature sen-

sorI Fuel injectors

FUEL PUMPRELAY

I Ignition switch: ON (Enginestopped)

I Turn the fuel pump relay “ON”and “OFF” using CONSULT-IIand listen to operating sound.

Fuel pump relay makes the operat-ing sound.

I Harness and connectorI Fuel pump relay

VIAS SOL VALVE


“OFF” with CONSULT-II and lis-ten for operating sound.



VALVE TIMINGSOL


“OFF” with CONSULT-II and lis-ten to operating sound.


I Harness and connectorI Intake valve timing control sole-

noid valve

PURG VOLCONT/V

I Engine: After warming up, runengine at 1,500 rpm.

I Change the EVAP canister purgevolume control solenoid valveopening percent using CON-SULT-II.

Engine speed changes according tothe opening percent.




EC-297

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE(RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected bytouching “SETTING” in “DATA MONITOR” mode.1) “AUTO TRIG” (Automatic trigger):I The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in

real time.In other words, DTC and malfunction item will be displayed ifthe malfunction is detected by ECM.At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, “MONITOR”in “DATA MONITOR” screen is changed to “Recording Data ...xx%” as shown at left, and the data after the malfunction detec-tion is recorded. Then when the percentage reached 100%,“REAL-TIME DIAG” screen is displayed. If “STOP” is touchedon the screen during “ Recording Data ... xx%”, “REAL-TIMEDIAG” screen is also displayed.The recording time after the malfunction detection and therecording speed can be changed by “TRIGGER POINT” and“Recording Speed”. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATIONMANUAL.

2) “MANU TRIG” (Manual trigger):I DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed automatically

on CONSULT-II screen even though a malfunction is detectedby ECM.DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even thougha malfunction is detected.

Use these triggers as follows:1) “AUTO TRIG”I While trying to detect the DTC by performing the “DTC Confir-

mation Procedure”, be sure to select to “DATA MONITOR(AUTO TRIG)” mode. You can confirm the malfunction at themoment it is detected.

I While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-IIshould be set in “DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)” mode, espe-cially in case the incident is intermittent.When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twist-ing) the suspicious connectors, components and harness in the“DTC Confirmation Procedure”, the moment a malfunction isfound the DTC will be displayed. (Refer to GI section, “IncidentSimulation Tests”.)

2) “MANU TRIG”I If the malfunction is displayed as soon as “DATA MONITOR” is

selected, reset CONSULT-II to “MANU TRIG”. By selecting“MANU TRIG” you can monitor and store the data. The datacan be utilized for further diagnosis, such as a comparison withthe value for the normal operating condition.

SEC564C

SEF707X



EC-298

SEF720X



EC-299

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

IntroductionThe engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuelcontrol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECMaccepts input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators.It is essential that both input and output signals are proper andstable. At the same time, it is important that there are no problemssuch as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other problems withthe engine.It is much more difficult to diagnose a problem that occurs intermit-tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent problems arecaused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In thiscase, careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent thereplacement of good parts.A visual check only may not find the cause of the problems. A roadtest with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be per-formed. Follow the “Work Flow” on EC-302.Before undertaking actual checks, take just a few minutes to talkwith a customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. Thecustomer can supply good information about such problems, espe-cially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present andunder what conditions they occur. A “Diagnostic Worksheet” like theexample on next page should be used.Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” problems first.This will help troubleshoot driveability problems on an electronicallycontrolled engine vehicle.

Diagnostic WorksheetThere are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunctionsof engine components. A good knowledge of such conditions canmake troubleshooting faster and more accurate.In general, each customer may feel differently about a given prob-lem. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditionsfor a customer complaint.Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on next page in order toorganize all the information for troubleshooting.

MEF036D

SEF233G

SEF234G

SEF907L

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Introduction TB48DE A/T

EC-300

WORKSHEET SAMPLE

Customer name MR/MS Model & Year VIN

Engine # Trans. Mileage

Incident Date Manuf. Date In Service Date

Fuel and fuel filler capl Vehicle ran out of fuel causing misfire.l Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on.

Symptoms

l Storability

l Impossible to start l No combustion l Partial combustionl Partial combustion affected by throttle positionl Partial combustion NOT affected by throttle position

l Possible but hard to start l Others [ ]

l Idlingl No fast idle l Unstable l High idle l Low idlel Others [ ]

l Driveabilityl Stumble l Surge l Knock l Lack of powerl Intake backfire l Exhaust backfirel Others [ ]

l Engine stalll At the time of start l While idlingl While accelerating l While deceleratingl Just after stopping l While loading

Incident occurrencel Just after delivery l Recentlyl In the morning l At night l In the daytime

Frequency l All the time l Under certain conditions l Sometimes

Weather conditions l Not affected

Weather l Fine l Raining l Snowing l Others [ ]

Temperature l Hot l Warm l Cool l Cold l Humid °F

Engine conditions

l Cold l During warm-up l After warm-up

Engine speed

Road conditions l In town l In suburbs l Highway l Off road (up/down)

Driving conditions

l Not affectedl At starting l While idling l At racingl While accelerating l While cruisingl While decelerating l While turning (RH/LH)

Vehicle speed

Malfunction indicator lamp l Turned on l Not turned on

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Introduction TB48DE A/T

Diagnostic Worksheet (Cont’d)

EC-301

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Work Flow

*1: If time data of “SELF-DIAGRESULTS” is other than “0” referto “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FORINTERMITTENT INCIDENT”,EC-331.

*2: If the incident cannot beduplicated, refer to “TROUBLEDIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-TENT INCIDENT”, EC-331.

*3: If the on board diagnostic systemcannot be performed, check mainpower supply and ground circuit.Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSISFOR POWER SUPPLY”, EC-332.

*4: If the malfunctioning part cannotbe found, refer to “TROUBLEDIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-TENT INCIDENT”, EC-331.

*5: EC-327

SEF510ZC

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Work Flow TB48DE A/T

EC-302

Description for Work Flow

STEP DESCRIPTION

STEP IGet detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the“DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET”. (Refer to EC-301.)

STEP II

Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II) the Diagnostic Trouble Code(DTC) and the freeze frame data, then erase the code and the data. (Refer to EC-283.) The DTC and the freezeframe data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.Study the relationship between the cause, specified by DTC, and the symptom described by the customer. (The“Symptom Matrix Chart” will be useful. See EC-311.)Also check related service bulletins for information.

STEP III

Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.The “DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET” and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CON-SULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.If the incident cannot be verified, perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”. (Refer toEC-331.)If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.

STEP IV

Try to detect the Diagnostic Trouble Code by driving in (or performing) the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Checkand read the DTC and freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II.During the DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) modeand check real time diagnosis results.If the incident cannot be verified, perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”. (Refer toEC-331.)In case the “DTC Confirmation Procedure” is not available, perform the “Overall Function Check” instead. The DTCcannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified “check” is an effective alternative.The “NG” result of the “Overall Function Check” is the same as the DTC detection.

STEP V

Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-304.) If CONSULT-II is available,perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS-SPECIFI-CATION VALUE”, EC-327. (If a malfunction is detected, proceed to “REPAIR/REPLACE”.) Then perform inspec-tions according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-311.)

STEP VI

Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspectthe system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) “Harness Layouts”.Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in “DATA MONITOR(AUTO TRIG)” mode.Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CON-SULT-II. Refer to EC-318, 314.The “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE” in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A shortcircuit inspection is also required for the circuit check in the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE. For details, refer to GIsection, “HOW TO PERFORM EFFICIENT DIAGNOSIS FOR AN ELECTRICAL INCIDENT”, “Circuit Inspection”.Repair or replace the malfunction parts.

STEP VII

Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditionsand circumstances which resulted in the customer’s initial complaint.Perform the “DTC Confirmation Procedure” and confirm the normal code [Diagnostic trouble code No. P0000 or0000] is detected. If the incident is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different methodfrom the previous one.Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) DTC in ECM. (Referto EC-283.)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Work Flow TB48DE A/T

EC-303

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Basic InspectionPreparationI Make sure that the following parts are in

good order.(1) Battery(2) Ignition system(3) Engine oil and coolant levels(4) Fuses(5) ECM harness connector(6) Vacuum hoses(7) Air intake system

(Oil filler cap, oil level gauge, etc.)(8) Fuel pressure

(9) Engine compression(10) Throttle valveI On air conditioner equipped models, checks

should be carried out while the air condi-tioner is “OFF”.

I When measuring “CO” percentage, insertprobe more than 40 cm (15.7 in) into tail pipe.

I Turn off headlamps, heater blower, rear win-dow defogger.

I Keep front wheels pointed straight ahead.

Precaution:Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanicalloads applied;I Headlamp switch is OFF,I Air conditioner switch is OFF,I Rear window defogger switch is OFF,I Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.

BEFORE STARTING1. Check service records for any recent

repairs that may indicate a relatedproblem, or a current need for sched-uled maintenance.

2. Open engine hood and check the fol-lowing:

I Harness connectors for improper con-nections

I Wiring harness for improperconnections, pinches, and cuts

I Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks andimproper connections

I Hoses and ducts for leaksI Air cleaner cloggingI Gasket

1. Start engine and warm it up untilengine coolant temperature indicatorpoints the middle of gauge.Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.

2. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm forabout 2 minutes under no-load.

3. Make sure that no DTC is displayedwith CONSULT-II.

OK

ENG Repair or replace compo-

nents as necessaryaccording to corresponding“Diagnostic Procedure”.

qA qA

SEC297D

SEF976U

SEF977U

H

H H

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — Basic Inspection TB48DE A/T

EC-304

qA qD

CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED.

With CONSULT-II


2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two orthree times under no-load, then runengine at idle speed for about 1 minute.

3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR”mode with CONSULT-II.A/T: 675±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” posi-

tion)

Without CONSULT-II


2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two orthree times under no-load, then runengine at idle speed for about 1minute.

3. Check idle speed.A/T: 675±50 rpm (in “P” or “N” posi-

tion)

OK

ENG

PERFORM THROTTLEVALVE CLOSED POSI-TION LEARNING.1. Stop engine.2. Perform EC-281,

“Throttle Valve ClosedPosition Learning”.

OK

PERFORM IDLE AIRVOLUME LEARNING.Refer to EC-281, “Idle AirVolume Learning”.Which is the resultCMPLT or INCMP?

CMPLT

qB

HqC

INCMP

qC

1. Follow the constructionof “Idle Air VolumeLearning”.

2. Go to qD .

CHECK IGNITION TIMING.1. Run engine at idle.2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.

A/T: 5±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” posi-tion)

OK

ENG

ADJUST CAMSHAFTPOSITION SENSOR.1. Start engine and warm it

up to normal operatingtemperature.

With CONSULT-II

2. Select “TARGET IGNTIM ADJ” in “WORKSUPPORT”.


sensor using timinglight.A/T: 5°±5° BTDC

Without CON-SULT-II

2. Adjust camshaft positionsensor using timinglight.A/T: 5°±5° BTDC

NG

Model with three way catalyst: qKModel without three way catalyst: qL

qD FOK

CHECK TIMING CHAININSTALLATION.Check timing chain instal-lation.Refer to “TIMING CHAIN”in EM section.

NG

qD F Repair the timing chaininstallation.

SEF978U

SEF058Y

SEC563C

SEC190D

H H

H

H

H

H

H

H

H



EC-305

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qB


With CONSULT-II



tion)

Without CONSULT-II



tion)

OK


I Check camshaft positionsensor and circuit. Referto EC-377.

If NG, repair or replace.Then go to qD .

OK

CHECK ECM FUNCTION.1. Substitute another

known-good ECM tocheck ECM function.(ECM may be the causeof a problem, but this isthe rarely the case.)

2. Perform initialization ofNATS (Nissan Anti-TheftSystem) and registrationof NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) ignitionkey IDs. Refer toEC-285, “NATS (NissanAnti-Theft System)”.

qD

qJ

CHECK IGNITION TIMING.1. Run engine at idle.2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.

A/T: 5°±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” posi-tion)

OK

ENG PERFOR THROTTLE

VALVE CLOSED POSI-TION LEARNING.1. Stop engine.2. Perform EC-281,


Model with three way catalyst: qK

Model without three way catalyst: qL

PERFORM IDLE AIRVOLUME LEARNING.Refer to EC-281, “Idle AirVolume Learning”.Which is the resultCMPLT or INCMP?

CMPLT

qG

HqH

INCMP

qH

1. Follow the constructionof “Idle Air VolumeLearning”.

2. Go to qD .

SEC563C

H

H

H

H H

H H

H

H



EC-306

qG qI


With CONSULT-II



tion)

Without CONSULT-II



tion)

OK


I Check camshaft positionsensor and circuit. Referto EC-377.

If NG, repair or replace.Then go to qD .

CHECK ECM FUNCTION.1. Substitute another

known-good ECM tocheck ECM function.(ECM may be the causeof a problem, but this isthe rarely the case.)

2. Perform initialization ofNATS (Nissan Anti-TheftSystem) and registrationof NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) ignitionkey IDs. Refer toEC-285, “NATS (NissanAnti-Theft System)”.

qD

CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN.1. Run engine at idle.2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.

A/T: 5±5° BTDC (in “P” or “N” posi-tion)

OK

ENG ADJUST CAMSHAFT

POSITION SENSOR.1. Start engine and warm it

up to normal operatingtemperature.

With CONSULT-II

2. Select “TARGET IGNTIM ADJ” in “WORKSUPPORT”.


sensor using timinglight.A/T: 5°±5° BTDC

Without CON-SULT-II

2. Adjust camshaft positionsensor using timinglight.A/T: 5°±5° BTDC

NG

Model with three way catalyst: qK

Model without three way catalyst: qL

qJ FOK

CHECK TIMING CHAININSTALLATION.Check timing chain instal-lation. Refer to EM section,“TIMING CHAIN”.If NG, repair the timingchain installation. Then goto qD .

OK

qI

SEC563C

SEC190D

H H

H

H

H

H

H

H



EC-307

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qK


Set the diagnostic test mode II (Heated oxygensensor 1 monitor). Refer to EC-286.

Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 min-utes under no-load.

CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 SIG-NAL.

With CONSULT-II

1. See “HO2S1 MNTR” in “DATA MONITOR”mode.

2. Maintaining engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is warmed up to normal operat-ing temperature), check that the monitor fluc-tuates between “LEAN” and “RICH” morethan 5 times during 10 seconds.1 cycle: RICH → LEAN → RICH2 cycles: RICH → LEAN → RICH → LEAN

→ RICH---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Without CONSULT-II

Make sure that malfunction indicator lamp goeson and off more than 5 times during 10 secondsat 2,000 rpm.

OK

ENG Check oxygen sensor and the

circuit.

OK

F

qM

HERASE UNNECESSARY DTC.After this inspection, unnecessary DTC No.might be displayed.Erase the stored memory in ECM and TCM(Transmission control module).Refer to “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RE-LATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION, EC-283.

OK

INSPECTION END

SAT652J

H

H

H

H

H



EC-308

qL

CHECK IDLE CO%Check the CO% by inserting a CO metersampling probe into the tail pipe.CO%: 2±1%

OK

ENG

ADJUST IDLE CO%

With CONSULT-II

1. Start engine and warm itup to normal operatingtemperature.

2. Select “CO ADJUST-MENT” in “WORK SUP-PORT” mode with CON-SULT-II.

3. Select “START”.4. When “CO ADJUST-

MENT” is displayed,confirm idle speed iswithin the standard andadjust until the CO valuemeets the standard.

I When CO value is toohigh: Press “Qd” or“DOWN” button

I When CO value is toolow: Press “Qu” or “UP”button

NOTE:Once CO adjustment but-ton is pressed, wait untilthe CO meter measure-ment result comes up. Itmay take some timebecause of the time lagexisting between pressingCO adjustment button andactual CO alteration. Ifnecessary, press adjust-ment button again andrepeat the procedure untilit reaches the standard.5. After confirming CO

adjustment value iswithin the standard,press “UP DATE” button.

NOTE:By pressing “UP DATE”button, CO adjustmentvalue is written into hardmemory inside the ECM.Please note that if theCONSULT-II display isreturned to initial menuwithout pressing the “UPDATE” button, the adjustedCO value is ignored.

F

Go to qM .

SEC884C

SEC885C

H

H



EC-309

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

DTC Inspection Priority ChartIf some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following prior-ity chart.NOTE:If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer toEC-337.

Priority Detected items (DTC)

1

I U1000 CAN communication lineI P0100 Mass air flow sensorI P0115 Engine coolant temperature sensorI P0120 Throttle position sensorI P0121 Accelerator pedal position sensorI P0325 P0330 Knock sensorI P0340 Camshaft position sensorI P0605 ECMI P1320 Ignition signal

2 I P0130 P0150 Heated oxygen sensor 1I P1065 ECM power supplyI P1122 Electric throttle control functionI P1123 Throttle control motor relayI P1805 Brake switch

3 I P1121 Electric throttle control actuatorI P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)

Fail-Safe ChartThe ECM enters fail-safe mode, if any of the following malfunctions are detected due to the open or short cir-cuit.When the ECM enters the ECM fail-safe mode listed in the last column below, the MIL illuminates.

DTC No. ECM* Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

P0100 0100 Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

P0115 0115 Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch“ON” or “START”.CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.

P0120 0120 ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.Therefore, acceleration will be poor.

*: In Diagnostic Test Model II (Self-diagnostic results)

ConditionEngine coolant temperature decided

(CONSULT-II display)


More than 6 minutes after ignition START 80°C (176°F)


Driving condition



TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — General Description TB48DE A/T

EC-310

Symptom Matrix Chart

SYSTEM— Basic engine control system

SYMPTOM

Reference page

HA

RD

/NO

STA

RT

/RE

STA

RT

(EX

CP.

HA

)

EN

GIN

ES

TALL

HE

SIT

AT

ION

/SU

RG

ING

/FLA

TS

PO

T

SP

AR

KK

NO

CK

/DE

TO

NA

TIO

N

LAC

KO

FP

OW

ER

/PO

OR

AC

CE

LER

AT

ION

HIG

HID

LE/L

OW

IDLE

RO

UG

HID

LE/H

UN

TIN

G

IDLI

NG

VIB

RA

TIO

N

SLO

W/N

OR

ET

UR

NT

OID

LE

OV

ER

HE

AT

S/W

AT

ER

TE

MP

ER

AT

UR

EH

IGH

EX

CE

SS

IVE

FU

EL

CO

NS

UM

PT

ION

EX

CE

SS

IVE

OIL

CO

NS

UM

PT

ION

OV

ER

CO

OLS

OV

ER

CH

AR

GIN

G

BA

TT

ER

YD

EA

D(U

ND

ER

CH

AR

GE

)


Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 EC-467

Fuel pressure regulator system 2 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-278

Injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 EC-460

Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-274

Air Positive crankcase ventilation system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-277

Incorrect idle speed adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 EC-280

Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2EC-350EC-393EC-399

Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-280

Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-415

Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 EC-332

Cooling Cooling fan circuit 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 EC-377

Air conditioner circuit 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 HA section



EC-311

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

SYSTEM— Engine control system

SYMPTOM

Reference page

HA

RD

/NO

STA

RT

/RE

STA

RT

(EX

CP.

HA

)

EN

GIN

ES

TALL

HE

SIT

AT

ION

/SU

RG

ING

/FLA

TS

PO

T

SP

AR

KK

NO

CK

/DE

TO

NA

TIO

N

LAC

KO

FP

OW

ER

/PO

OR

AC

CE

LER

AT

ION

HIG

HID

LE/L

OW

IDLE

RO

UG

HID

LE/H

UN

TIN

G

IDLI

NG

VIB

RA

TIO

N

SLO

W/N

OR

ET

UR

NT

OID

LE

OV

ER

HE

AT

S/W

AT

ER

TE

MP

ER

AT

UR

EH

IGH

EX

CE

SS

IVE

FU

EL

CO

NS

UM

PT

ION

EX

CE

SS

IVE

OIL

CO

NS

UM

PT

ION

OV

ER

CO

OLS

OV

ER

CH

AR

GIN

G

BA

TT

ER

YD

EA

D(U

ND

ER

CH

AR

GE

)


Engine con-trol

Camshaft position sensor circuit 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 EC-377

Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-340

Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 1 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 EC-345

Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-141

Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 2 2 EC-359

Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit*1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-366

Intake valve timing control system 3 3 2 3 3 3 EC-442

Vehicle speed sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-197

Knock sensor circuit 2 2 2 3 EC-373

ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-310

Start signal circuit 2 EC-464

Park/Neutral position switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-216

Variable Induction Air Control (VIAS) sys-tem

2 EC-456

Electrical load signal circuit 2 3 3 EC-245

Power steering oil pressure switch circuit 2 3 3 EC-473

1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.*1: Model with three way catalyst



EC-312

SYSTEM— Engine mechanical & other

SYMPTOM

Reference page

HA

RD

/NO

STA

RT

/RE

STA

RT

(EX

CP.

HA

)

EN

GIN

ES

TALL

HE

SIT

AT

ION

/SU

RG

ING

/FLA

TS

PO

T

SP

AR

KK

NO

CK

/DE

TO

NA

TIO

N

LAC

KO

FP

OW

ER

/PO

OR

AC

CE

LER

AT

ION

HIG

HID

LE/L

OW

IDLE

RO

UG

HID

LE/H

UN

TIN

G

IDLI

NG

VIB

RA

TIO

N

SLO

W/N

OR

ET

UR

NT

OID

LE

OV

ER

HE

AT

S/W

AT

ER

TE

MP

ER

AT

UR

EH

IGH

EX

CE

SS

IVE

FU

EL

CO

NS

UM

PT

ION

EX

CE

SS

IVE

OIL

CO

NS

UM

PT

ION

OV

ER

CO

OLS

OV

ER

CH

AR

GIN

G

BA

TT

ER

YD

EA

D(U

ND

ER

CH

AR

GE

)


Fuel Fuel tank 5

5

FE section

Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

—

Vapor lock

Valve deposit5 5 5 5 5 5 5Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, Low

octane)

Air Air duct 5

5 5 5 5 5 5

Air cleaner

Air leakage from air duct(Mass air flow sensor — Electric throttlecontrol actuator)

5 5 5 5 5Electric throttle control actuator, Throttlewire

FE section

Air leakage from intake manifold/Collector/Gasket

—

Cranking Battery1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

EL sectionAlternator circuit

Starter circuit 3

PNP switch 4 AT section

Drive plate 6 EM section

Engine Cylinder head

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

EM section

Cylinder head gasket 4

6Cylinder block

Piston

Piston ring

Connecting rod

Bearing

Crankshaft 6

Valvemechanism

Timing chain 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Camshaft 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

Intake valve6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Exhaust valve

ExhaustExhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/Gasket 5 5 5 5 5

EM section &FE section

Three way catalyst* 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 FE section

Lubrication Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil filter/Oilgallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

LC section

Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil

Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap

5 5 5 5 4 5

Thermostat 2

Water pump

Water gallery

Cooling fan 2 EC section

Coolant level (low)/Contaminated coolant MA section

NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)1 1

EC-285 or ELsection




EC-313

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


Remarks:I Specification data are reference values.I Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.

* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data

in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by theECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.


ENG SPEEDI Tachometer: ConnectI Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II value.

Almost the same speed as the CON-SULT-II value.

MAS A/F SE-B1

I Engine: After warming upI Air conditioner switch: OFFI Shift lever: NI No-load

Idle Approx. 1.3 - 1.7V

2,500 rpm Approx. 1.7 - 2.4V


HO2S1 (B1)*HO2S1 (B2)*

I Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm 0 - 0.3V +, Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)*HO2S1 MNTR (B2)*

I Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpmLEAN +, RICHChanges more than 5 times during 10seconds.

VHCL SPEED SEI Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CONSULT-II

value.Almost the same speed as the CON-SULT-II value

BATTERY VOLT I Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V

ACCEL SEN 1ACCEL SEN 2

I Ignition switch: ON(engine stopped)

I Shift lever: D

Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V

Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

THRTL SEN 1THRTL SEN 2





CLSD THL POSI Ignition switch: ONI Shift lever: N


Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF

AIR COND SIGI Engine: After warming up, idle the

engine


Air conditioner switch: ON(Compressor operates.)

ON

P/N POSI SW I Ignition switch: ONShift lever: Neutral ON

Shift lever: Except above OFF


engine

Steering wheel is in neutral position.(Forward direction)

OFF

Steering wheel is turned. ON

LOAD SIGNAL I Ignition switch: ON

Rear window defogger switch is ONand/or lighting switch is in 2nd.

ON

Rear window defogger switch is OFFand lighting switch is OFF.

OFF

AMB TEMP SWI Ignition switch: ONI Compare ambient air temperature with

the following:

Below 19°C (66°F) OFF

Above 25°C (77°F) ON

IGNITION SW I Ignition switch: ON , OFF , ON ON , OFF , ON

A/C PRESS SW I Engine: Running

A/C pressure is more than 1,422 - 1,618kPa (14.5 - 16.5 kg/cm2, 206 - 235 psi).

ON

A/C pressure is less than 1,128 - 1,422kPa (11.5 - 14.5 kg/cm2, 164 - 206 psi).

OFF

BRAKE SW I Ignition switch: ONBrake pedal: Fully released OFF

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

INJ PULSE-B1


Idle 3.0 - 4.0 msec

2,000 rpm 3.0 - 4.0 msec


EC-314


IGN TIMING


Idle 3° - 7° BTDC

2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC

A/F ALPHA-B1*A/F ALPHA-B2*

I Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm 75 - 125%

CAL/LD VALUE


Idle 10% - 35%

2,500 rpm 10% - 35%

PURG VOL C/V


Idle 0.0%

2,000 rpm —

VIAS S/V I Engine: After warming upIdle OFF

More than 5,000 rpm ON

AIR COND RLYI Engine: After warming up, idle the

engine


Air conditioner switch: ON(Compressor operates)

ON

FUEL PUMP RLY

I For 5 seconds after turning ignition switch ONI Engine running or cranking

ON

I Except above conditions OFF

COOLING FANI After warming up engine, idle the

engine.I Air conditioner switch: OFF

Engine coolant temperature is 94°C(201°F) or less.

OFF

Engine coolant temperature is between95°C (203°F) and 104°C (219°F).

LOW

Engine coolant temperature is 105°C(221°F) or more.

HIGH

THRTL RELAY I Ignition switch: ON ON

HO2S1 HTR (B1)*HO2S1 HTR (B2)*

I Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm ON

I Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF

CAN COMMCAN CIRC 1CAN CIRC 2CAN CIRC 3CAN CIRC 4

I Ignition switch: ON OK

*: Models with three way catalyst


CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data MonitorMode (Cont’d)

EC-315

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data MonitorMode

The following are the major sensor reference graphs in “DATA MONITOR” mode.

CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1Below is the data for “CLSD THL POS”, “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” when depressing the accelera-tor pedal with the ignition switch “ON” and with selector lever in “D” position.The signal of “ACCEL SEN 1” and “THRTL SEN 1” should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or riseafter “CLSD THL POS” is changed from “ON” to “OFF”.

ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1Below is the data for “ENG SPEED”, “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “HO2S1 (B1)” and “INJ PULSE-B1” when revvingengine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently.Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.

PBIB0198E

SEF241Y


EC-316

SEC189D


Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data MonitorMode (Cont’d)

EC-317

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout

ECM Terminals and Reference ValuePREPARATION1. ECM is located behind the center console. For this inspection,

remove fuse box cover.2. Remove ECM harness protector.

3. Perform all voltage measurements with the connector con-nected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily.

I Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.I Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.I Data is for comparison and may not be exact.

PBIB0075E

SEC669CA

MEC486B


EC-318

ECM INSPECTION TABLESpecification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.CAUTION:Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-age to the ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TERMINALNO.

WIRECOLOR


567131415



Engine is running.



SEC670C

Engine is running.



SEC671C

8 G/YHeated oxygensensor 1 heater(bank 1)*2

Engine is running.


Engine is running.



9 L/RHeated oxygensensor 1 heater(bank 2)*2

Engine is running.


Engine is running.





EC-319

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

TERMINALNO.

WIRECOLOR


181920212930

Y/RGYR/BR/GR

Ignition signal No. 1Ignition signal No. 2Ignition signal No. 3Ignition signal No. 4Ignition signal No. 5Ignition signal No. 6

Engine is running.


0 - 0.1V*1

SEC672C

Engine is running.


0 - 0.2V*1

SEC673C

22 LRear air conditionerrelay (Rear coolercut relay)

Engine is running.


0 - 1.0V

Engine is running.



24 Y/L Air conditioner relay

Engine is running


0 - 1.0V

Engine is running.



26 P/LThrottle controlmotor relay

Ignition switch “OFF” BATTERY VOLTAGE(11 - 14V)


27 LG/RVIAS control sole-noid valve

Engine is running.

Idle speed


Engine is running.


35 Y/G MIL


Engine is running.

Idle speed




EC-320

TERMINALNO.

WIRECOLOR


38 Y/B Tachometer signal

Engine is running.


3 - 6V*1

SEC674C

Engine is running.


3 - 6V*1

SEC675C

40*441*3

R/Y Fuel pump relay



Engine is running.

0 - 1.0V


More than 5 seconds after turning ignitionswitch “ON”


42 B/YECM relay(Self shut-off)

Engine is running.



0 - 1.0V


5 seconds passed after turning ignitionswitch “OFF”







EC-321

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

TERMINALNO.

WIRECOLOR


54 W/BEVAP canisterpurge volume con-trol solenoid valve

Engine is running.

Idle speed


SEC676C

Engine is running.

Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (Morethan 100 seconds after starting engine).


SEC677C

55 L/BCooling fan relay(High)

Engine is running.

Cooling fan is operating at high speed.0 - 1.0V

Engine is running.



56 LCooling fan relay(Low)

Engine is running.

Cooling fan is operating.0 - 1.0V

Engine is running.





60 W/G Snow mode switch


Snow mode switch is “OFF”Approx. 0V


Snow mode switch is “ON”




EC-322

TERMINALNO.

WIRECOLOR


62*463*4


Engine is running.


Approx. 0.3 - 0.6V*1

SEC682C

Engine is running.


Approx. 0.4 - 0.5V*1

SEC683C

63*384*4

B/WCamshaft positionsensor (POS sig-nal)

Engine is running.


2.6 - 2.7V*1

SEC678C

Engine is running.


2.5 - 2.6V*1

SEC679C

79 OR/LPower steering oilpressure switch

Engine is running.

Steering wheel is being turned.Approx. 0V

Engine is running.

Steering wheel is not being turned.Approx. 5V

80 R/PU PNP switch


Gear position is Neutral.Approximately 0V





EC-323

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

TERMINALNO.

WIRECOLOR


84*3 LCamshaft positionsensor (REF signal)


Idle speed

Approx. 0.3 - 0.6V*1

SEC682C

Engine is running.


Approx. 0.3 - 0.6V*1

SEC683C


Engine is running.


Approx. 2.6 - 2.7V*1

SEC678C

Engine is running.


Approx. 2.5 - 2.6V*1

SEC679C

87 WAccelerator pedalposition sensor 1


Gear position is “D”Accelerator pedal fully released

More than 0.36V


Gear position is “D”Accelerator pedal fully depressed

Less than 4.75V


Engine is running.


Approximately 0V

91 W/GMass air flow sen-sor

Engine is running.


0.75 - 1.2V

Engine is running.


1.7 - 2.4V



EC-324

TERMINALNO.

WIRECOLOR


94 L/GAccelerator pedalposition sensor 2power supply

Ignition switch “ON” Approximately 2.5V

95 WPower supply forECM (Buck-up)


98 R/LThrottle positionsensor 2



Less than 4.75V



More than 0.36V

100 RAccelerator pedalposition sensor 2ground


103 YSensors’ powersupply


106 G/Y Stop lamp switch

Engine is running.

Brake pedal fully releasedApproximately 0V

Engine is running.

Brake pedal fully depressed


108 LThrottle positionsensor 1



More than 0.36V



Less than 4.75V

109 B/WMass air flow sen-sor ground

Engine is running.


Approximately 0V

114 R/LHeated oxygensensor 1 (bank 1)*2

Engine is running.



115 L/WHeated oxygensensor 1 (bank 2)*2

Engine is running.



117 GAccelerator pedalposition sensor 2



More than 0.18V



Less than 2.37V

121 LG/BEngine coolant tem-perature sensor

Engine is running.Approximately 0 - 4.8VOutput voltage varies withengine coolant temperature.



EC-325

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

TERMINALNO.

WIRECOLOR


125126

WW

Knock sensor(Bank 1)Knock sensor(Bank 2)

Engine is running.

Idle speedApproximately 2.5V

151 L/WThrottle controlmotor (Open)


Accelerator pedal is depressing

0 - 14V*1

PBIB0058E

152 RIntake valve timingcontrol solenoidvalve

Engine is running.



Engine is running.

Warm-up conditionTransmission in any gear position except“N”Accelerator pedal depressed.

Approx. 0.45V

153156159165168

BBBBB

ECM groundEngine is running.


154 L/BThrottle controlmotor (Close)


Accelerator pedal is releasing

0 - 14V*1

PBIB0061E

157 GThrottle controlmotor relay powersupply


163166

RR

Power supply forECM


164 PU Data link connectorIgnition switch “ON”

CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected.


171 W/RCAN communica-tion line

Ignition switch “ON”Approximately 1.7 - 2.3VOutput voltage varies with thecommunication status.

174 G/BCAN communica-tion line

Ignition switch “ON”Approximately 2.6 - 3.2VOutput voltage varies with thecommunication status.

*1: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)*2: Model with three way catalyst*3: Model with NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)*4: Model without NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)



EC-326

DescriptionThe specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)”mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “DATA MONI-TOR (SPEC)” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in“DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one ormore malfunctions.The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light theMIL.The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:I B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor-

rection)I A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)I MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)

Testing ConditionI Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,100 miles)I Barometric pressure: 101.3 kPa (1,013 mbar, 760.0 mmHg, 29.92 inHg)±3 kPa (30 mbar, 22.5 mmHg, 0.89

inHg)I Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)I Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)I Transmission: Warmed-up*1I Electrical load: Not applied*2I Engine speed: Idle*1: For A/T or CVT models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until“FLUID TEMP SE” (A/T or CVT fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates less than 0.9V. For M/T models, drivevehicle for 5 minutes after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are “OFF”. Cooling fans are not oper-ating. Steering wheel is straight ahead.

Inspection ProcedureNOTE:Perform “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode in maximum scale dis-play.1. Perform “Basic Inspection”, EC-304.2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”*, “A/F ALPHA-B2”*

and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “DATA MONITOR (SPEC)” mode withCONSULT-II.

4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.5. If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-328.*: Model with three way catalyst

SEF601Z

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — SPECIFICATION VALUE TB48DE A/T

EC-327

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


SEF613ZA


EC-328

SEF768Z



EC-329

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

SEF615Z



EC-330

DescriptionIntermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the problem resolves itself (the part or circuit functionreturns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the custom-er’s complaint often do not recur on DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrencesis poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may not beclear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the spe-cific problem area.

COMMON I/I REPORT SITUATIONS

STEP in Work Flow Situation

II The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0” or “1t”.

III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.

IV DTC data does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.

VI The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the problem area.


1 INSPECTION START

Erase DTCs. Refer to “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION” (EC-283).

E GO TO 2.

2 CHECK GROUND TERMINALS

Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. Refer to GI section, “GROUND INSPECTION”.

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 3.


3 SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT

Perform GI section, “Incident Simulation Tests”.

OK or NG

OK E INSPECTION END


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT TB48DE A/T

EC-331

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Main Power Supply and Ground CircuitECM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUESpecification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.CAUTION:Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-age to the ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

42 B/Y ECM relay (Self-shutoff)

Engine is running.



0 - 1.0V


A few seconds passed after turning ignitionswitch “OFF”





156159165168

B ECM groundEngine is running.


163166

B/R Power supply for ECM Ignition switch “ON”BATTERY VOLTAGE(11 - 14V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY TB48DE A/T

EC-332

TEC243M



EC-333

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

TEC144M



EC-334

INSPECTION START


Yes

ENo

CHECK POWER SUP-PLY-I.1. Turn ignition switch

“ON”.2. Check voltage between

ECM terminal q53 andground with CONSULT-IIor tester.Voltage: Battery volt-age

If NG, check the following.I 10A fuseI Harness connectors


short between ECM andfuse


OK


CHECK POWER SUPPLY-III.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Turn ignition switch “ON” and then turn

“OFF”.3. Check voltage between ECM terminals

163 , 166 , and ground with CON-SULT-II or tester.Voltage:After turning ignition switch “OFF”,battery voltage will exist for a fewseconds, then drop to approximately0V.

NG

EOK


Case-1: Battery voltage doesnot exist.

Case-2: Battery voltage existsfor more than a fewseconds.

Case-1 ECase-2

Go to “CHECK ECMRELAY” on next page.

qA

SEC817C

SEC819C

H

H

H

H



EC-335

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qA

CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITYBETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM.1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.2. Disconnect ECM relay.3. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminals 163 , 166 and terminal q6 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK

ENG





CHECK VOLTAGE BETWEEN ECMRELAY AND GROUND.Check voltage between terminals q2 , q7and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.Voltage: Battery voltage

OK

ENG


E127 , M21I 10A and 15A fuseI Harness for open or

short between ECM relayand battery


CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.Check harness continuity between ECMterminal q42 and relay terminal q1 .Refer to wiring diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short to groundand short to power.

OK

ENG









No continuity

OK

ENG

Replace ECM relay.


screws.3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.4. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminals 156 , 159 , 165 , 168 andengine ground.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short to power.

OK

ENG

Check the following.I Joint connector-7I Harness for open or

short between ECM andground



INSPECTION END

SEC684CA

SEC685C

PBIB0077E

SEC821C

H

H

H

H

H

H

H



EC-336

DescriptionCAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Manyelectronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links withother control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wir-ing. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.



U10001000*

A) ECM cannot communicate to other control unit. I Harness or connectors(CAN communication line is open or shorted.)B) ECM cannot communicate for more than the speci-

fied time.

*: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.

DTC Confirmation Procedure1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 3 seconds.2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-339, “Diagnostic Procedure”.

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE TB48DE A/T

EC-337

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC258M


EC-338


INSPECTION START

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Select “CAN COMM SIGNALS” in

“DATA MONITOR” mode with CON-SULT-II.

3. Print out the CONSULT-II screen.

Go to EL section, “CAN SYSTEM”.

SEC186D

SEC187D

H

H


EC-339

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component DescriptionThe mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. Itmeasures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entireintake flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electriccurrent from the ECM. The temperature of the hot wire is controlledby the ECM a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wireis reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, thegreater the heat loss.Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to the hotwire as air flow increases. This maintains the temperature of the hotwire. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.




MAS A/F SE-B1

I Engine: After warming upI Air conditioner switch: “OFF”I Shift lever: Neutral positionI No-load

Idle 0.75 - 1.5V

2,500 rpm 1.7 - 2.4V


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

91 W/G Mass air flow sensor


Idle speed0.75 - 1.5V


Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.1.7 - 2.4V

109 B/WMass air flow sensorground


Idle speedApproximately 0V


DTC No. Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause)P01000100

A) An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sentto ECM when engine is not running.


I Mass air flow sensorC) A voltage from the sensor is constantly approx. 1.0Vwhen engine is running.

B) An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sentto ECM* when engine is running.


I Intake air leaksI Mass air flow sensor

*: When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

Fail-Safe Mode


Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuelcut.

SEC688C

DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR TB48DE A/T

EC-340


PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION AWith CONSULT-II

1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3) Wait at least 2 seconds.4) If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-343.

Without CONSULT-II1) Turn ignition switch “ON”, and wait at least 2 seconds.2) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then



PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND CWith CONSULT-II

1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3) Start engine and wait 2 seconds at most.4 If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-343.

Without CONSULT-II1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.2) Start engine and wait 2 seconds at most.3) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then



SEF058Y

SEF058Y


EC-341

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC146M


EC-342


INSPECTION START


screws.

OK

CHECK POWER SUPPLY.1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor har-

ness connector.2. Turn ignition switch “ON”.3. Check voltage between terminals q2 ,

q4 and ground with CONSULT-II ortester.

OK



I Harness for open orshort between mass airflow sensor and ECMrelay

I Harness for open orshort between mass airflow sensor and ECM


CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.3. Check harness continuity between ter-

minal q3 and ECM terminal 109 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK



CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.Check harness continuity between MAFsensor terminal q1 and ECM terminal q91 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short to groundand short to power.

OK



CHECK COMPONENT(Mass air flow sensor).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-344.

OK

ENG Replace mass air flow sen-

sor.

qA

Terminal Voltage

2 Approximately 5V

4 BATTERY VOLTAGE

SEC690C

SEC688C

PBIB0076E

H

H

H

H

H

H


EC-343

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qA





OK



I Harness for open orshort between joint con-nector-7 and engineground



INSPECTION END

Component InspectionMASS AIR FLOW SENSOR1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.3. Check voltage between ECM terminal q91 and ground.

Conditions Voltage V

Ignition switch “ON” (Engine stopped.) Approx. 1.0

Idle (Engine is warmed-up sufficiently.) 1.1 - 1.5

2,500 rpm 1.7 - 2.4

Idle to about 4,000 rpm* 1.1 - 1.5 to Approx. 4.0

*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to increase to about 4,000 rpm in enginespeed.

4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.I Turn ignition switch “OFF”.I Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and recon-

nect it again.I Perform steps 2 and 3 again.5. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot film

for damage or dust.6. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.

PBIB0078E

SEC691C

H

H

H



EC-344

Component DescriptionThe engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the enginecoolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from theECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine cool-ant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sen-sitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of thethermistor decreases as temperature increases.

<Reference data>

Engine coolant tempera-ture

°C (°F)

Voltage*(V)

Resistance(kΩ)

−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.420 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9

50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.0090 (194) 1.0 0.236 - 0.260

*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal121 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.

CAUTION:Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM’stransistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as theground.






No.Malfunction is detected when ...

Check Items(Possible Cause)

P01150115

I An excessively high or low voltage from the sensor issent to ECM.*


I Engine coolant temperature sensor

*: When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and MIL lights up.

SEF594K

SEF012P

DC P0115 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT)SENSOR (CIRCUIT) TB48DE A/T

EC-345

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Fail-Safe Mode


Engine coolant tempera-ture sensor circuit

Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch“ON” or “START”.CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.

ConditionEngine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-II

display)


More than approx. 4 minutes after turning ignitionswitch ON or START

80°C (176°F)


When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operateswhile the engine is running.


With CONSULT-II1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3) Wait at least 5 seconds.4) If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-348.

Without CONSULT-II1) Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 5 seconds.2) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then



SEF013Y


EC-346

Wiring Diagram

TEC147M


EC-347

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


INSPECTION START

CHECK POWER SUPPLY.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature

sensor harness connector.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between terminal q2 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester.Voltage:

Approximately 5V

OK


tors.

CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Check harness continuity between ter-

minal q1 and engine ground.Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK


I Harness for open orshort between ECM andengine coolant tempera-ture sensor


CHECK COMPONENT(Engine coolant temperature sensor).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-349.

OK


temperature sensor.


INSPECTION END

SEC689C

SEF645R

H

H

H

H

H


EC-348

Component InspectionENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSORCheck resistance as shown in the figure.

<Reference data>

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9

50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00

90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260

If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

SEF152P

SEF012P


EC-349

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component DescriptionElectric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,acceleration pedal position sensor, throttle position sensor, etc. Thethrottle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement.The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensorsare a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valveposition into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed ofthe throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. TheECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve fromthese signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor tomake the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driv-ing condition.




THRTL SEN1THRTL SEN2

I Ignition switch: ON(Engine stopped)

I Shift lever: D



ECM Terminals and Reference ValueSpecification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.CAUTION:Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-age to the ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)


Engine is running.


Approximately 0V

98 R/L Throttle position sensor 2



Less than 4.75V



More than 0.36V


108 L Throttle position sensor 1



More than 0.36V



Less than 4.75V

PBIB0145E

DTC P0120 THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR TB48DE A/T

EC-350



P01200120

A) An excessively low or high voltage from the throttleposition sensor 1 is sent to ECM.

I Harness or connectors(The throttle position sensor 1 or 2 circuit is openor shorted.)

I Electric throttle control actuatorB) An excessively low or high voltage from the throttle

position sensor 2 is sent to ECM.

C) A difference between signals from sensor 1 andsensor 2 is out of the specified range.

D) ECM detects a voltage of power source for sensoris excessively low or high.

E) Closed throttle position learning value is excessivelylow.

I Electric throttle control actuator

F) Closed throttle position learning is not performedsuccessfully, repeatedly.

G) Throttle valve opening angle, computed by the ECMfrom the input signals of sensor 1 and sensor 2, isout of the normal range.

I Harness or connectors(The throttle position sensor 1 or 2 circuit is openor shorted.)


FAIL-SAFE MODEECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction A, B, C,D or G is detected.

Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode

Malfunction A The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idleposition to be within +10 degrees.The ECM regulates an opening speed of approx. 5 seconds to an opening of 10 degrees.So, the acceleration will be poor.

Malfunction B

Malfunction C*

Malfunction D

ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening(approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.When the accelerator pedal depressed value reaches a throttle opening of 30 degrees or more, the throttlevalve opens to a maximum of 20 degrees by the accelerator wire.

Malfunction G

Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine speed.Therefore, acceleration will be poor. The MIL lights up.

Condition Driving condition



*: The ECM enters in the fail-safe mode when the normal signal is entered to the ECM after the malfunction C was detected.

DTC Confirmation ProcedureNOTE:I Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A, B, C, D

AND G” first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform“PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION E”. If the DTC cannotbe confirmed, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTIONF”.

I If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previouslyconducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait atleast 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

TESTING CONDITION:I Before performing the following procedure, confirm that

battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.


EC-351

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A, B, C, D AND G

With CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-355, “MALFUNCTION A, B, C, D

and G” in “Diagnostic Procedure”.

Without CONSULT-II1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then

turn “ON”.3. Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)” with

ECM.4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-355, “MALFUNCTION A, B, C, D

and G” in “Diagnostic Procedure”.

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION E

With CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds.4. Turn ignition switch “ON”.5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-357, “MALFUNCTION E and F” in

“Diagnostic Procedure”.

Without CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then


ECM.4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-357, “MALFUNCTION E and F” in


PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION F

With CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds.4. Turn ignition switch “ON”.5. Repeat steps 3 and 4, 32 times.6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-357, “MALFUNCTION E and F in


SEF058Y

SEF058Y

SEF058Y



EC-352


turn “ON”.3. Repeat step 2, 32 times.4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-357, “MALFUNCTION E and F” in




EC-353

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC250M


EC-354

Diagnostic ProcedureMALFUNCTION A, B, C, D, AND G

RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Loosen and retighten engine ground

screws.

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSORPOWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT.1. Disconnect electric throttle control

actuator harness connector F10 .2. Turn ignition switch “ON”.3. Check voltage between electric throttle

control actuator terminal q1 and groundwith CONSULT-II or tester.Voltage: Approximately 5V

OK


I Harness for open orshort between ECM andthrottle position sensor

I Harness for open orshort between ECM andaccelerator pedal posi-tion sensor

I Harness for open orshort between ECM andmass air flow sensor

If NG, repair short toground or short to power inharness or connectors.

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSORGROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN ANDSHORT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Check harness continuity between elec-

tric throttle control actuator terminal q5and engine ground.Refer to Wiring Diagram.


OK


I Harness for open orshort between ECM andelectric throttle controlactuator.


CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSORINPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPENAND SHORT.1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.2. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminal q98 and electric throttle controlactuator terminal q2 , ECM terminal

108 and electric throttle control actua-tor terminal q4 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.


OK



qA

SEC690C

SEC182D

PBIB0082E

H

H

H

H


EC-355

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qA

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSORSHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN ANDSHORT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect joint connector-7.3. Check the following.I Continuity between joint connector-7

terminals q1 and q3I Continuity between joint connector-7

terminal q3 and engine groundRefer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.(Refer to “Harness Layout” in EL sec-tion.)

4. Also check harness for short to power.5. Then reconnect joint connector-7.

OK

ENG

Repair open circuit or shortto power in harness orconnectors.

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR.Refer to EC-358, “Component Inspection”.

OK

ENG

REPLACE ELECTRICTHROTTLE CONTROLACTUATOR.1. Replace the electric

throttle control actuator.2. Perform EC-282,


3. Perform EC-281, “IdleAir Volume Learning”.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT.Refer to EC-331, “TROUBLE DIAGNOSISFOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”.

INSPECTION END INSPECTION END

H

H

H

H H



EC-356

MALFUNCTION E AND F

CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON-TROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Remove the intake air duct.3. Check if foreign matter is caught

between the throttle valve and thehousing.

OK

ENG Remove the foreign matter

and clean the electricthrottle control actuatorinside.

REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON-TROL ACTUATOR.1. Replace the electric throttle control

actuator.2. Perform EC-280, “Accelerator Pedal

Released Position Learning”.3. Perform EC-282, “Throttle Valve Closed

Position Learning”.4. Perform EC-281, “Idle Air Volume

Learning”.

INSPECTION END

SEC183D H

H



EC-357

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component InspectionTHROTTLE POSITION SENSOR1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.2. Perform EC-282, “Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning”.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Set selector lever to “D” position.5. Check voltage between ECM terminals q98 (TP sensor 2), 108

(TP sensor 1) and engine ground under the following condi-tions.

Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

98(Throttle position sensor 2)

Fully released Less than 4.75V

Fully depressed More than 0.36V

108(Throttle position sensor 1)

Fully released More than 0.36V

Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to thenext step.

7. Perform EC-282, “Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning”.8. Perform EC-281, “Idle Air Volume Learning”.

PBIB0179E


EC-358

Component DescriptionElectric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,acceleration pedal position sensor, throttle position sensor, etc.Accelerator pedal position sensor is connected to the acceleratorpedal through the throttle drum and accelerator wire, and detectsthe accelerator pedal position by the throttle drum rotation angle.

Accelerator pedal position sensor has the two sensors. These sen-sors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the acceleratorpedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to theECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closingspeed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to theECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelera-tor pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motorbased on these signals.Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECMreceiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. TheECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.




ACCEL SEN1ACCEL SEN2


I Shift lever: D



CLSD THL POSI Ignition switch: ONI Shift lever: D


Accelerator pedal: Slightlydepressed

OFF


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

87 WAccelerator pedal positionsensor 1



More than 0.36V



Less than 4.75V


Engine is running.


Approximately 0V

SEC182D

PBIB0146E

DTC P0121 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP)SENSOR TB48DE A/T

EC-359

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

94 LGAccelerator pedal positionsensor 2 power supply

Ignition switch “ON” 2.0 - 3.0V

100 RAccelerator pedal positionsensor 2 ground



117 GAccelerator pedal positionsensor 2



More than 0.18V



Less than 2.37V



P01210121

A) An excessively low or high voltage from the accel-erator pedal position sensor 1 is sent to ECM.

I Harness or connectors(The accelerator pedal position sensor 1 or 2 cir-cuit is open or shorted.)

I Electric throttle control actuatorB) An excessively low or high voltage from the accel-

erator pedal position sensor 2 is sent to ECM.

C) A difference between signals from sensor 1 andsensor 2 is out of the specified range.

FAIL-SAFE MODEECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction A, B or C is detected.


Malfunction A The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idleposition to be within +10 degrees.The ECM regulates an opening speed of approx. 5 seconds to an opening of 10 degrees.So, the acceleration will be poor.

Malfunction B

Malfunction C



EC-360


WITH CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-363, “Diagnostic Procedure”.

WITHOUT CONSULT-II1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then

turn “ON”.3. Perform “Diagnostic Test mode II (Self-diagnostic results)” with

ECM.4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-363, “Diagnostic Procedure”.

SEF058Y


EC-361

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC252M


EC-362


RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Loosen and retighten engine ground

screws.

CHECK APP SENSOR POWER SUPPLYCIRCUIT.1. Disconnect electric throttle control

actuator harness connector F4 .2. Turn ignition switch “ON”.3. Check voltage between electric throttle

control actuator terminals q7 , q10 andground with CONSULT-II or tester.

OK


I Harness for open orshort between ECM andelectric throttle controlactuator


CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIR-CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Check harness continuity between elec-

tric throttle control actuator terminalsq9 , q12 and engine ground.Refer to Wiring Diagram.


OK




CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNALCIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT.1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.2. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminal q87 and electric throttle controlactuator terminal q8 , ECM terminal

117 and electric throttle control actua-tor terminal q11 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.


OK




qA

Electric throttle controlactuator terminal

Voltage (V)

7 Approximately 5

10 Approximately 2.5

SEC690C

SEC182D

PBIB0084E

H

H

H

H


EC-363

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qA

CHECK APP SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUITFOR OPEN AND SHORT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect joint connector-7.3. Check the following. Refer to Wiring

Diagram.I Continuity between joint connector-7

terminals q1 and q3I Continuity between joint connector-7

terminal q3 and engine groundContinuity should exist.(Refer to “Harness Layout” in EL sec-tion.)


OK

ENG


CHECK APP SENSOR.Refer to EC-365, “Component Inspection”.

OK

ENG


throttle control actuator.2. Perform EC-280, “Accel-

erator Pedal ReleasedPosition Learning”.

3. Perform EC-282,“Throttle Valve ClosedPosition Learning”.



INSPECTION END INSPECTION END

H

H

H

H H



EC-364

Component InspectionACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.2. Perform EC-282, “Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning”.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Set selector lever to “D” position.5. Check voltage between ECM terminals q87 (APP sensor 1

signal), 117 (APP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground underthe following conditions.

Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

87(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)



117(Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)



6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to thenext step.

7. Perform EC-282, “Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning”.8. Perform EC-281, “Idle Air Volume Learning”.

PBIB0184E


EC-365

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component DescriptionThe heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold. Itdetects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to theoutside air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tubemade of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage fromapproximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions.The heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECMadjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuelratio. The ideal air-fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1Vto 0V.




HO2S1 (B1)HO2S1 (B2)

I Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm

0 - 0.3V ) 0.6 - 1.0V

HO2S1 MNTR (B1)HO2S1 MNTR (B2)

LEAN ) RICHChanges more than 5 timesduring 10 seconds.


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

114(B1)

W

Heated oxygen sensors 1

Engine is running.

After warming up to normal operating tempera-ture and engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

0 - Approximately 1.0V(periodically change)115

(B2)W

SEF463R

SEF288D

DTC P0130 (BANK 1), P0150 (BANK 2) HO2S1(CIRCUIT) TB48DE A/T

EC-366

On Board Diagnosis LogicUnder the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal isnot input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage iswithin 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checksthat this time is not inordinately long.



(Possible Cause)P0130, 0130(Bank 1)

I The voltage from the sensor is constantly approx. 0.3V. I Harness or connectors(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

I Heated oxygen sensor 1P0150, 0150(Bank 2)

Overall Function CheckUse this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxy-gen sensor 1 circuit.


2) Select “MANU TRIG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode withCONSULT-II, and select “HO2S1 (B1)” and “HO2S1(B2)”.

3) Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load.4) Make sure that the indications do not remain in the

range between 0.2 to 0.4V.5) If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-370.


2) Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 114 (B1),115 (B2) (sensor signal) and ground.

3) Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000rpm constant under no load.

I The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 - 0.4V.4) If NG, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”, EC-370.

SEF237U

SEF646Y

SEC184D


EC-367

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


TEC245M


EC-368

BANK 2

TEC247M



EC-369

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


INSPECTION START


screws.

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect corresponding heated oxy-

gen sensor 1 harness connector andECM harness connector.

3. Check harness continuity between ECMand sensor terminals.

Refer to wiring diagram.Continuity should exist.

4. Check harness continuity between ECMand sensor or ground.

Refer to wiring diagram.Continuity should not exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK


tors.

CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT.1. Disconnect joint connector-7.2. Check harness continuity between ter-

minal q3 and ground.Refer to wiring diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short to power.

OK


I Joint connector-7I Harness for open or

short between joint con-nector and ground


CHECK COMPONENT(Heated oxygen sensor 1).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION” onnext page.

OK

ENG Replace HO2S1.

Perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FORINTERMITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-331.

INSPECTION END

DTCTerminals

ECM Sensor

P0130 114 2

P0150 115 2

DTCTerminals

ECM or sensor Ground



SEC888C

SEC690C

H

H

H

H

H

H


EC-370

Component InspectionHEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1


2) Select “MANU TRIG” and “HI SPEED” in “DATA MONI-TOR” mode with CONSULT-II, and select “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” and “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”.

3) Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load duringthe following steps.

4) Touch “RECORD” on CONSULT-II screen.5) Check the following.I “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode

changes from “RICH” to “LEAN” to “RICH” 5 times in 10seconds.5 times (cycles) are counted as shown below:

cycle | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 |HO2S1 MNTR (B1) R-L-R-L-R-L-R-L-R-L-R

R = “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”, “RICH”L = “HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2)”, “LEAN”

I “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes above 0.6V at leastonce.

I “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage goes below 0.30V at leastonce.

I “HO2S1 (B1)/(B2)” voltage never exceeds 1.0V.CAUTION:I Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1) Start engine and warm it up to normal operating tem-

perature.2) Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 114 (B1),

115 (B2) (sensor signal) and ground.3) Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000

rpm constant under no load.I Malfunction indicator lamp goes on more than 5 times

within 10 seconds in Diagnostic Test Mode II (HEATEDOXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR, EC-286).

I The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.I The minimum voltage is below 0.30V at least one time.I The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

SEF977Z

SEF978Z

SEC184D


EC-371

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

CAUTION:I Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been





EC-372

Component DescriptionThe knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block under the intakemanifold. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element.A knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrationalpressure. This pressure is converted into a voltage signal and sentto the ECM.Freeze frame data will not be stored in the ECM for the knocksensor. The MIL will not light for knock sensor malfunction.



Malfunction is detected when ....Check Items

(Possible Cause)

P0325 (Bank 1)0325P0330 (Bank 2)0330

I An excessively low or high voltage from the knocksensor is sent to ECM.

I Harness or connectors(The knock sensor circuit is open or shorted.)

I Knock sensor



with CONSULT-II.2) Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.3) If DTC is detected, go to EC-375, “Diagnostic Procedure”.

Without CONSULT-II

1) Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.2) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then

turn “ON”.3) Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II” (Self-diagnostic results) with

ECM.4) If DTC is detected, go to EC-375, “Diagnostic Procedure”.

SEF598K

SEF058Y

DTC P0325 (BANK 1), P0330 (BANK 2) KNOCKSENSOR (KS) TB48DE A/T

EC-373

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC153M


EC-374


INSPECTION START

CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNALCIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.3. Check resistance between ECM termi-

nals 125 , 126 and engine ground.Refer to Wiring Diagram.

NOTE:It is necessary to use an ohmmeterwhich can measure more than 10 M Ω.

Resistance:Approximately 530-590 k Ω [at 20°C(68°F)]


NG

EOK

Go to qA .

CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNALCIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II.1. Disconnect knock sensor harness con-

nector.2. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminal 125 and knock sensor (bank1) terminal q1 , ECM terminal 126 andknock sensor (bank) terminal q1 . Referto Wiring Diagram.


OK


I Harness connect F13 ,F108

I Harness for open orshort between ECM andknock sensor


CHECK COMPONENT (Knock sensor).Refer to EC-376, “Component Inspection”.

OK

ENG Replace knock sensor.


qA

RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS.Loose and retighten engine ground screws.

CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIR-CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT.1. Disconnect knock sensor harness con-

nector F109 , F110 .2. Check harness continuity between

knock sensor harness connector F109 ,F110 terminals q2 and engine ground.

Refer to Wiring Diagram.3. Also check harness for short to power

Continuity should exist.


to power in harness or con-nectors.


SEC693C

SEC690C

H

H

H

H

H

H

H


EC-375

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component InspectionKNOCK SENSORNOTE:Use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 M Ω.1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.2. Check resistance between terminal q1 and ground.

Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590 k Ω [at 20°C(68°F)]

CAUTION:Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped orphysically damaged. Use only new ones.SEF478Y


EC-376

Component DescriptionThe camshaft position sensor (CMPS) is a basic component of theECM. It monitors engine speed and piston position. It sends signalsto the ECM to control fuel injection, ignition timing and other func-tions.The camshaft position sensor has a rotor plate and a wave-form-ing circuit. The rotor plate has 360 slits for 1° signal and 6 slits for120° signal. Light Emitting Diodes (LED) and photo diodes are builtinto the wave-forming circuit.When the rotor plate passes between the LED and the photo diode,the following happens:Slits in the rotor plate continually cut the transmitted light to thephoto diode from the LED. This generates rough-shaped pulsesconverted into on-off pulses by the wave forming circuit sent to theECM.


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

62*383*263*384*2



Idle speed


SEC682C




SEC683C

SEC695C

SEF614B

DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR TB48DE A/T

EC-377

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

84*363*2



Idle speed

1.0 - 4.0V*1

SEC678C



1.0 - 4.0V*1

SEC679C




No.Malfunction is detected when .... Check Items

(Possible Cause)

P03400340

A) Either 1° or 120° signal is not sent to ECM for thefirst few seconds during engine cranking.

...........................................................................................

I Harness or connectors(The camshaft position sensor circuit is open orshorted.)

I Camshaft position sensorI Starter motor (Refer to EL section.)I Starting system circuit (Refer to EL section.)I Dead (Weak) battery

B) Either 1° or 120° signal is not sent to ECM duringengine running.

...........................................................................................

C) Either 1° or 120° signal is not in the normal patternduring engine running.

DTC Confirmation ProcedurePerform “Procedure for malfunction A” first. If DTC cannot beconfirmed, perform “Procedure for malfunction B and C”.NOTE:If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previouslyconducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least5 seconds before conducting the next test.TESTING CONDITION:Before performing the following procedure, confirm that bat-tery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.



EC-378



with CONSULT-II.2) Crank engine at least 2 seconds.



Without CONSULT-II1) Crank engine for at least 2 seconds.





PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C

With CONSULT-II1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3) Start engine and run it for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.4) If DTC is detected, go to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”,

EC-381.

Without CONSULT-II1) Start engine and run it for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.2) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then



SEF013Y



EC-379

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC145M


EC-380


INSPECTION START

CHECK STARTING SYSTEM.Does the engine turn over?(Does the starter motor operate?)

Yes

ENo Check starting system.

(Refer to EL section.)


screws.

OK

CHECK POWER SUPPLY.1. Disconnect camshaft position sensor



OK



I Harness for open or shortbetween camshaft posi-tion sensor and ECM

I Harness for open or shortbetween camshaft posi-tion sensor and ECMrelay


CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Check harness continuity between termi-


OK



CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.3. Check harness continuity between

CMPS terminals q1 , q2 and ECM termi-nals.

*1: Model with NATS (Nissan Anti-TheftSystem)

*2: Model without NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)

Refer to Wiring Diagram.If OK, check harness for short to groundand short to power.

OK



qA

CMPSterminal

ECM ter-minal

Continuity

120° sig-nal

(REF sig-nal)

q1q83 , q84 *1

(q62 , q63 )*2Yes

1° signal(POS sig-

nal)q2

q63 *1q84 *2

Yes

SEC690C

SEC696C

SEC697C

H

H

H

H

H

H


EC-381

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qA

CHECK COMPONENT.(Camshaft position sensor).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-382.

OK

ENG Replace camshaft position

sensor.


I Continuity between joint connector ter-minal q3 and ground



OK



I Harness for open or shortbetween joint connector-7and engine ground



INSPECTION END

Component InspectionCAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-

ture.2. Check voltage between the following ECM terminals and

ground with DC range.

ECM terminal Reference illustration

1° signal(POS signal)

q63 *1q84 *2

qA

120° signal(REF signal)

(q83 , q84 )*1(q62 , q63 )*2

qB

*1: Model with NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)*2: Model without NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)CAUTION:Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring voltage.Doing so may result in damage to the ECM’s transistor. Use aground other than ECM terminals such as the body ground.

SEC827C

H

H

H

H



EC-382

TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

62*383*263*384*2



Idle speed


SEC682C




SEC683C

84*363*2



Idle speed

1.0 - 4.0V*1

SEC678C



1.0 - 4.0V*1

SEC679C


If NG, replace camshaft position sensor.



EC-383

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component DescriptionThe ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signalinput and output and for power supply. The ECM controls theengine.



P06050605

A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. I ECM

B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning.

C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.

FAIL-SAFE MODEECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction A is detected.

Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode

Malfunction A


DTC Confirmation ProcedurePerform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A” first.If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “PROCEDURE FORMALFUNCTION B”.If there is no problem on “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTIONB”, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C”.NOTE:If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previouslyconducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least10 seconds before conducting the next test.


With CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-386, “Diagnostic Procedure”.

SEF093X

SEF058Y

DTC P0605 ECM TB48DE A/T

EC-384


turn “ON”.3. Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (self-diagnostic results)” with


PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B

With CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then

turn “ON”.4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-386, “Diagnostic Procedure”.

Without CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then

turn “ON”.3. Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (self-diagnostic results)” with


PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C

With CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then

turn “ON”.4. Repeat step 3 procedure, 32 times.5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-386, “Diagnostic Procedure”.

Without CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then

turn “ON”.3. Repeat step 2 procedure, 32 times.4. Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (self-diagnostic results)” with


SEF058Y

SEF058Y



EC-385

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


INSPECTION START

With CONSULT-II

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode

with CONSULT-II.3. Touch “ERASE”.4. Perform “DTC Confirmation Proce-

dure”.See EC-384.5. Is the DTC P0605 displayed again?

Without CONSULT-II

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-

diagnostic results) memory. Refer toEC-284, “How to Erase DTC (WithoutCONSULT-II)”.

3. Perform “DTC Confirmation Proce-dure”.

See EC-384.4. Is the DTC 0605 displayed again?

Yes

ENo INSPECTION END

REPLACE ECM.1. Replace ECM.2. Perform initialization of NATS (NISSAN

ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) system andregistration of all NATS ignition key IDs.Refer to EC-285, “NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)”.

3. Perform EC-280, “Accelerator PedalReleased Position Learning”.

4. Perform EC-282, “Throttle Valve ClosedPosition Learning”.

5. Perform EC-281, “Idle Air VolumeLearning”.

INSPECTION END

H

H

H


EC-386

Component DescriptionBattery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignitionswitch is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTCmemory, the air fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory,the idle air volume learning value memory, etc.


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

95 WPower supply for ECM(Buck-up)




P10651065

ECM back up RAM system does not function properly. I Harness or connectors[ECM power supply (back up) circuit is open orshorted.]

I ECM


WITH CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then

turn “ON”.5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 four times.6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-389, “Diagnostic Procedure”.

WITHOUT CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.2. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.3. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then

turn “ON”.4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 four times.5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-389, “Diagnostic Procedure”.

SEF093X

SEF058Y

DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK UP) TB48DE A/T

EC-387

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC244M


EC-388


CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.3. Check voltage between ECM terminal


OK

ENG DETECT MALFUNCTION-

ING PART.Check the following.I Harness connectors

E127 , M21


I 10A fuseI Harness for open or

short between ECM andbattery

If NG, repair or replaceharness or connectors.


OK

ENG If NG, repair or replace

harness or connectors.

PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PRO-CEDURE.

With CONSULT-II

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode

with CONSULT-II.3. Touch “ERASE”.4. Perform “DTC Confirmation Proce-

dure”.See EC-387.

5. Is the DTC P1065 displayed again?

Without CONSULT-II

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Erase the Diagnostic Test mode II (Self-

diagnostic results) memory.Refer to EC-284, “How to Erase DTC(Without CONSULT-II)”.

3. Perform “DTC Confirmation Proce-dure”.See EC-387.

4. Is the DTC 1065 displayed again?

No

EYes REPLACE ECM.

1. Replace ECM.2. Perform initialization of

NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) sys-tem and registration ofall NATS ignition keyIDs.Refer to EC-285, “NATS(Nissan Anti-theft Sys-tem)”.

3. Perform EC-280, “Accel-erator Pedal ReleasedPosition Learning”.



INSPECTION END

INSPECTION END

PBIB0087E

H

H

H

H


EC-389

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

DescriptionElectric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, acceleration pedal position sensor, throttleposition sensor, etc.The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.Accelerator pedal position sensor detects the accelerator pedal position, the opening and closing speed of theaccelerator pedal and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle ofthe accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals.The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throttlevalve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttlevalve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve openingangle properly in response to driving condition.



P11211121

A) Electric throttle control actuator does not functionproperly due to the return spring malfunction.


B) Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is notin specified range.

C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.

FAIL-SAFE MODEECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction A, B or C is detected


Malfunction AThe ECM controls the electric throttle throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idleposition. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.

Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.

Malfunction C

While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.The engine can restart in “N” or “P” position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.When throttle is not movable, negative pressure does not occur because throttle valve is kept open, there-fore if depressing brake pedal two or three times, braking performance lowers.

DTC Confirmation ProcedureNOTE:I Perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B”

first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform “PROCE-DURE FOR MALFUNCTION C”.If there is no problem on “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNC-TION A AND B”, perform “PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNC-TION C”.

I If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previouslyconducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait atleast 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B

With CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition witch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3. Shift selector lever to “D” position and wait at least 2 seconds.4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then

turn “ON”.5. If DTC is detected, go to EC-392, “Diagnostic Procedure”.

SEF058Y

DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROLACTUATOR TB48DE A/T

EC-390

Without CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition witch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.2. Shift selector lever to “D” position and wait at least 2 seconds.3. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then



PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C

With CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3. Shift selector lever to “D” position and wait at least 2 seconds.4. Shift selector lever to “N” or “P” position.5. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-392, “Diagnostic Procedure”.

Without CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.2. Shift selector lever to “D” position and wait at least 2 seconds.3. Shift selector lever to “N” or “P” position.4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.5. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds, and then



SEF058Y



EC-391

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON-TROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY.1. Remove the intake air duct.2. Check if a foreign matter is caught


OK

ENG Remove the foreign matter

and clean the electricthrottle control actuatorinside.





Learning”.

INSPECTION END

SEC183DH

H


EC-392

DescriptionNOTE:If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121. Refer toEC-286, “DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR”.Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, acceleration pedal position sensor, throttleposition sensor, etc.The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides thefeedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly inresponse to driving condition.


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

151 L/WThrottle control motor(Close)


Accelerator pedal is depressing

0 - 14V

PBIB0058E

154 L/BThrottle control motor(Open)


Accelerator pedal is releasing

0 - 14V

PBIB0061E

153 B ECM groundEngine is running





P11221122

A) Electric throttle control feedback function does notoperate properly.

I Harness or connectors(Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted.)

I Electric throttle control actuatorB) An excessively high ampere of current flows throughthrottle control motor to ECM.

FAIL-SAFE MODEWhen the malfunction A is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROLFUNCTION (CIRCUIT) TB48DE A/T

EC-393

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


Malfunction A



WITH CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-396, “Diagnostic Procedure”.

WITHOUT CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 2 seconds.2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.3. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then



SEF058Y


On Board Diagnosis Logic (Cont’d)

EC-394

Wiring Diagram

TEC253M


EC-395

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOROUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPENAND SHORT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect electric throttle control

actuator harness connector F10 .3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.4. Check harness continuity between the

following terminals.Refer to wiring diagram.


OK

ENG


CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTORGROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN ANDSHORT.1. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminal 153 and engine ground.Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to power.

OK

ENG


CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON-TROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY.1. Remove the intake air duct.2. Check if foreign matter is caught


OK

ENG

Remove the foreign matterand clean the electricthrottle control actuatorinside.

CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTORRefer to EC-398, “Component Inspection”.

OK

ENG


throttle control actuator.2. Perform EC-280, “Accel-

erator Pedal ReleasedPosition Learning”.



qAINSPECTION END

Electric throttlecontrol actuator

terminal

ECMterminal

Continuity

6151 Should exist

154 Should not exist

3151 Should not exist

154 Should exist

SEC182D

SEC183D

H

H

H

HH


EC-396

qA

CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSORSHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN ANDSHORT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect joint connector-7.3. Check continuity between joint connec-

tor-7 terminal q3 and engine ground.Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.(Refer to “Harness Layout” in EL sec-tion.)


OK

ENG



OK

ENG

Repair or replace harnessor connectors.





Learning”.

INSPECTION END

H

H

H

H



EC-397

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component InspectionTHROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector

F10 .2. Check resistance between terminals q3 and q6 .

Resistance: Approximatel y 1 - 15Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next

step.4. Perform EC-280, “Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learn-

ing”.5. Perform EC-282, “Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning”.6. Perform EC-281, “Idle Air Volume Learning”.

PBIB0095E


EC-398

Component DescriptionPower supply for the Throttle Control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttlecontrol motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sendsan ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition switchis turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not pro-vided to the ECM.




THRTL RELAY I Ignition switch: ON ON


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

26 P/LThrottle control motorrelay



157 GThrottle control motorrelay power supply




P11231123

A) ECM detects the throttle control motor relay is stuckON.

I Harness or connectors(Throttle control motor relay circuit is open orshorted.)

I Throttle control motor relayB) ECM detects the throttle control motor relay is stuck

OFF.

FAIL-SAFE MODEECM enters fail-safe mode when the malfunction A is detected.


Malfunction A



DTC P1123 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY(CIRCUIT) TB48DE A/T

EC-399

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

WITH CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-402, “Diagnostic Procedure”.

WITHOUT CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and wait at least 1 second.2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then



SEF058Y



EC-400

Wiring Diagram

TEC254M


EC-401

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTORRELAY POWER SUPPLY.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect throttle control motor relay

harness connector.3. Check voltage between throttle control

motor relay terminals q2 , q3 andground with CONSULT-II or tester.Voltage: Battery voltage

OK

ENG

Check the following.I 15A fuseI Harness for open or

short between throttlecontrol motor relay andbattery

If NG, repair or replaceharness or connectors.

CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTORRELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOROPEN AND SHORT.1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.2. Check continuity between ECM terminal

157 and throttle control motor relayterminal q5 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.


OK

ENG




short between ECM andthrottle control motorrelay


CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTORRELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOROPEN AND SHORT.1. Check continuity between ECM terminal

q26 and throttle control motor relay ter-minal q1 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.


OK

ENG

DETECT MALFUNCTION-ING PART.Check the following.I Harness connectors



short between ECM andthrottle control motorrelay


CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTORRELAY.Refer to EC-403, “Component Inspection”.

OK

ENG

If NG, replace throttle con-trol motor relay.


INSPECTION END

SEC185D

PBIB0097E

H

H

H

H

H


EC-402

Component InspectionTHROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY1. Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals q1 and q2 .2. Check continuity between relay terminals q3 and q5 .


12V direct current supply between ter-minals q1 and q2

Yes


3. If NG, replace throttle control motor relay.PBIB0098E


EC-403

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

System Description


ECM E Cooling fan relaysEngine coolant temperature sensor EEngine coolant temperature

Air conditioner switch EAir conditioner “ON” signal

The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, and airconditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].

Operation




COOLING FAN


I Air conditioner switch “OFF”I Vehicle stopped

Engine coolant temperature is 94°C(201°F) or less. OFF



I Air conditioner switch “ON”I Vehicle stopped

Engine coolant temperature is 94°C(201°F) or less. LOW


AIR COND SIG I Engine: After warming up, idle theengine

Air conditioner switch: “OFF” OFF

Air conditioner switch: “ON”(Compressor operates.) ON

SEC694C

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE(OVERHEAT) TB48DE A/T

EC-404


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

56 LCooling fan relay (Lowspeed)

Engine is running.



Engine is running.

Cooling fan is operating.Approximately 0V

55 L/BCooling fan relay(High speed)

Engine is running.

Cooling fan is not operating.Cooling fan is operating at low speed.


Engine is running.

Cooling fan is operating at high speed.Approximately 0V

On Board Diagnosis LogicThis diagnosis continuously monitors the engine coolant temperature.If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, the engine coolant temperaturewill rise.When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction isdetected by the ECM and the MIL lights on.

Diagnostic troublecode No.


(Possible Cause)

P12171217

I Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat).I Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Over-

heat).I Engine coolant was not added to the system using

the proper filling method.

I Harness or connectors(The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted)

I Cooling fanI ThermostatI Improper ignition timingI Engine coolant temperature sensorI Blocked radiatorI Blocked front end (Improper fitting of nose

mask)I Crushed vehicle frontal area (Vehicle frontal

is collided but not repaired)I Blocked air passage by improper installation

of front fog lamp or fog lamps.I Improper mixture ratio of coolantI Damaged bumperFor more information, refer to “MAIN 12CAUSES OF OVERHEATING”, EC-413.

CAUTION:When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant following the procedure in the MAsection (“Changing Engine Coolant”, “ENGINE MAINTENANCE”). Also, replace the engine oil.a. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute like pour-

ing coolant by kettle. Be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA section(“Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio”, “RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS”).

b. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.


EC-405

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Overall Function CheckUse this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan.During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.WARNING:Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Seriousburns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping fromthe radiator.Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap byturning it a quarter turn to allow built-up pressure to escape.Then turn the cap all the way off.

With CONSULT-II1) Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (using coolant tester)

in the reservoir tank and radiator.Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level andmixture ratio.

I If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is belowthe proper range, skip the following steps and go to “Diagnos-tic Procedure”, EC-408.



3) Turn ignition switch “ON”.4) Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-

SULT-II.5) If the results are NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-408.

Without CONSULT-II1) Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (using coolant tester)

in the reservoir tank and radiator.Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level andmixture ratio.If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is belowthe proper range, skip the following steps and go to “Diagnos-tic Procedure”, EC-408.



3) Start engine.Be careful not to overheat engine.

4) Set temperature control lever to full cold position.5) Turn air conditioner switch “ON”.6) Turn blower fan switch “ON”.7) Run engine at idle for a few minutes with air conditioner oper-

ating.Be careful not to overheat engine.

8) Make sure that cooling fan operates. Refer to “OPERATION”table of Cooling fan, EC-404.If NG, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-408.

AEC640

SEF646X

SEC163BA


EC-406

Wiring Diagram

TEC151M


EC-407

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX



YesE

No GO TO qA Without CON-SULT-II.


With CONSULT-II1. Disconnect cooling fan relay-2 and -3.2. Turn ignition switch “ON”.3. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE



OK




With CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Reconnect cooling fan relay-2 and -3.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE


operate at high speed.

OK



GO TO qB .

SEC698C

SEF646X

SEF111X

H

H

H

H


EC-408

qA


Without CONSULT-II1. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.2. Start engine and let it idle.3. Set temperature lever at full cold posi-

tion.4. Turn air conditioner switch “ON”.5. Turn blower fan switch “ON”.6. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2


OK




Without CONSULT-II1. Turn ignitions witch “OFF”.2. Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.3. Turn air conditioner switch and blower

fan switch “OFF”.4. Disconnect engine coolant temperature

sensor harness connector.5. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant

temperature sensor harness connector.6. Restart engine and make sure that cool-

ing fans-1 and -2 operate at high speed.

OK



GO TO qB .

SEC698C

SEC163BA

SEC322D

H

H

H



EC-409

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qB

CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK.Apply pressure to the cooling system witha tester, and check if the pressure drops.

Testing pressure:157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm 2, 23 psi)

CAUTION:Higher than the specified pressure maycause radiator damage.Pressure should not drop.

OK

ENG Check the following for

leak.I HoseI RadiatorI Water pump (Refer to LC

section, “Water Pump”.)If NG, repair or replace.

CHECK RADIATOR CAP.Apply pressure to cap with a tester andcheck radiator cap relief pressure.

Radiator cap relief pressure:For the Middle East:

78 - 98 kPa (0.78 - 0.98 bar, 0.8 -1.0 kg/cm 2, 11 - 14 psi)

Except above:108 - 127 kPa (1.08 - 1.27 bar, 1.1- 1.3 kg/cm 2, 16 - 18 psi)

OK

ENG Replace radiator cap.

CHECK THERMOSTAT.1. Remove thermostat.2. Check valve seating condition at normal

room temperatures.It should seat tightly.

3. Check valve opening temperature andvalve lift.Valve opening temperature:76.5°C (170°F) [standard]Valve lift:More than 10 mm/90°C (0.39 in/194°F)

4. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F)below valve opening temperature. Fordetails, refer to LC section, “Thermo-stat”.

OK

ENG Replace thermostat.

CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERA-TURE SENSOR.Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-349.

OK


temperature sensor.

CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES.If the cause cannot be isolated, go to“MAIN 12 CAUSES OF OVERHEATING”,EC-413.

CHECK INSPECTION END

SLC754A

SLC755A

SLC343

H

HH

HH

HH

H

H



EC-410

qC

CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLYCIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between cooling fan

relay-1 terminals q1 , q3 , q6 and groundwith CONSULT-II or tester.Battery voltage

OK


I 10A fuseI 40A fusible linksI Harness for open or

short between coolingfan relay-1 and fuse

I Harness for open orshort between coolingfan relay-1 and battery

If NG, repair open circuit orshort to ground to short topower in harness or con-nectors.

CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIR-CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness

connector and cooling fan motor-2 har-ness connector.





OK



CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNALCIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT.1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.2. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminal q56 and cooling fan relay-1 ter-minal q2 . Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.


OK




I Harness for open orshort between coolingfan relay-1 and ECM


CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-1.Refer to “Component Inspection”, EC-414

OK

ENG Replace cooling fan relay.

CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND-2.Refer to “Component Inspection”, EC-414.

OK



OK

INSPECTION END

SEC699C

SEC700C

H

H

H

H

H

H

H



EC-411

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qD

CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIR-CUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between cooling fan relays-2

and -3 terminals q1 , q6 and ground withCONSULT-II or tester.Battery voltage

OK


I Harness for open or shortbetween cooling fan relays-2and -3 and 10A fuse

I Harness for open or shortbetween cooling fan relays-2and fusible link


CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUITFOR OPEN AND SHORT1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness con-

nector and cooling fan motor-2 harness con-nector.

3. Check harness continuity between cooling fanrelay-2 terminal q7 and cooling fan motor-1terminal q2 , cooling fan relay-2 terminal q3and cooling fan motor-1 terminal q3 , coolingfan relay-2 terminal q5 and body ground.Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.


5. Check harness continuity between cooling fanrelay-3 terminal q7 and cooling fan motor-2terminal q2 , cooling fan relay-3 terminal q3 ,cooling fan relay-2 terminal q5 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.


OK

ENG Repair open circuit or short to


CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR-CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT.1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.2. Check harness continuity between ECM termi-

nal q55 and cooling fan relay-2 terminal q2 ,cooling fan relay-3 terminal q2 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground andshort power.

OK


I Harness connectors E127 ,M21

I Harness connectors M52 ,F7

I Harness for open or shortbetween cooling fan relay-2and -3 and ECM

If NG, repair open circuit orshort to ground or short topower in harness or connec-tors.

CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-2 AND -3.Refer to “Component Inspection”, EC-414.

OK

ENG Replace cooling fan relays.

CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS.Refer to “Component Inspection”, EC-414.

OK


CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT.Perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTER-MITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-331.

OK

INSPECTION END

SEC780C

SEC698C

SEC700C

H

H

H

H

H

H

H



EC-412













ON*1 7 I Cooling fan I Visual (Coupling)I CONSULT-II

Operating See “TROUBLE DIAGNO-SIS FOR DTC P1217”,EC-404.


Negative —



—













*1: Engine running at idle for coupling type. Turn ignition switch ON for electrical cooling fan.*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.For more information, refer to “OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS” in LC section.


EC-413

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component InspectionCOOLING FAN RELAYS-1, -2 AND -3Check continuity between terminals q3 and q5 , q6 and q7 .


12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and2

Yes



COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -21. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and

check operation.

Speed

Terminals

(+) (−)

Cooling fan motor Low 1 4

High 1, 2 3, 4

Cooling fan motor should operate.If NG, replace cooling fan motor.

SEF745U

SEF734W


EC-414

Component DescriptionIGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTORThe ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by thepower transistor. The power transistor turns on and off the ignitioncoil primary circuit. This on-off operation induces the proper highvoltage in the coil secondary circuit.




IGN TIMING


Idle 3° - 7° BTDC

2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

181920212930

Y/RGYR/BR/GR

Ignition signal (No. 1)Ignition signal (No. 2)Ignition signal (No. 3)Ignition signal (No. 4)Ignition signal (No. 5)Ignition signal (No. 6)


Idle speed

0 - 0.1V*

SEC672C



0 - 0.2V*

SEC673C

*: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

SEC781C

DTC P1320 IGNITION SIGNAL TB48DE A/T

EC-415

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX




(Possible Cause)

P13201320

I The ignition signal in the primary circuit is not sentduring engine cranking or running.

I Harness or connectors(The ignition primary circuit is open or shorted.)

I Power transistor unit built into ignition coilI Camshaft position sensorI Camshaft position sensor circuit

DTC Confirmation ProcedureNOTE:I If “DTC” has been previously conducted, always turn igni-

tion switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before con-ducting the next test.

I If DTC P1320 is displayed with DTC P0340, perform troublediagnosis for DTC P0340 first. Refer to EC-377.

With CONSULT-II1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.2) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3) Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. (If engine does not

run, turn ignition switch to “START” for at least 5 seconds.)4) If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-420.

Without CONSULT-II1) Turn ignition switch “ON”.2) Start engine. (If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to

“START” for at least 5 seconds.)3) Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and then



SEF058Y


EC-416

Wiring Diagram

TEC325M


EC-417

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

TEC149M



EC-418

TEC150M



EC-419

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


INSPECTION START


No

EYes Go to “SEARCH FOR

MALFUNCTIONING CIR-CUIT” on next page.

CHECK POWER SUPPLY-1.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM relay.3. Check voltage between terminals q2 ,


OK



I 10A fuseI 15A fuseI Harness for open or

short between batteryand ECM relay


CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-1.1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.2. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminal q42 and ECM relay terminal q1 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK



I Harness for open orshort between ECM relayand ECM






No continuity

OK

ENG Replace ECM relay.

1. Reconnect ECM relay and ECM har-ness connector.

2. Go to “CHECK POWER SUP-PLY-2” on next page.

SEC684CA

SEC782C

SEC202B

H

H

H

H

H


EC-420

SEARCH FOR MALFUNCTIONING CIR-CUIT.1. Start engine and let it idle.

With CONSULT-II2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in


3. Search for circuit which does not pro-duce a momentary engine speed drop.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Without CONSULT-II2. Check output signal voltage between

ECM terminals q18 , q19 , q20 , q21 , q29 , q30

and ground with oscilloscope.3. Search for circuit that signal voltage

does not match to “DATA” in “ECM Ter-minal and Reference Value”.

CHECK POWER SUPPLY-2.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ignition coil harness con-

nector(s).3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between each ignition

coil harness connector terminal q1 andground with CONSULT-II or tester.Voltage: Battery voltage

OK




I Harness for open orshort between ignitioncoil and ECM relay


CHECK CONDENSER CIRCUIT FOROPEN AND SHORT.1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect condenser harness connec-

tor.3. Check harness continuity between ECM

relay terminal q3 and condenser termi-nal q1 , condenser terminal q2 andengine ground.Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.


OK



I Check for open or shortbetween ECM relay andcondenser



screws.3. Check harness continuity between igni-

tion coil harness connector terminal q2and engine ground.Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short to power.

OK



I Check for open or shortbetween ignition coil andengine ground

If NG, repair open circuit orshort to power in harnessor connectors.

qA

(Go to next page.)

SEF793X

SEC828C

SEC783C

SEC784C

SEF305T

H

H

H

H



EC-421

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qA

CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-2.1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.2. Check harness continuity between each

ignition coil harness connector terminalq3 and each ECM harness connectorterminal.Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK



CHECK COMPONENT(Ignition coil with power transistor).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-422.

OK

ENG Replace ignition coil

assembly.

CHECK COMPONENT(Condenser).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-423.

OK

ENG Replace condenser.


INSPECTION END

Component InspectionIGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.


3 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or

1 (+) - 3 (-)Except 0

1 (+) - 2 (-)

SEC690C

SEF371Q

H

H

H

H

H



EC-422

CONDENSER1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as q1 and q2 .

Resistance Above 1 MΩ at 25°C (77°F)

SEF124Y



EC-423

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

DescriptionBrake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.




BRAKE SW I Ignition switch: ONBrake pedal: Fully released OFF

Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

106 G/Y Stop lamp switch

Engine is running

Brake pedal fully releasedApproximately 0V

Engine is running

Brake pedal fully depressed


On Board Diagnostic Logic

DTC No. Malfunction detected when ...Check Items

(Possible Cause)

P18051805

A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for anextremely long time while the vehicle is driving.

I Harness or connectors(Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)

I Stop lamp switch

DTC Confirmation Procedure

WITH CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-II.4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.5. If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-427.

WITHOUT CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.3. Erase the “Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)

memory. Refer to EC-287, “How to Erase DTC (Without CON-SULT-II)”.

4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 10 seconds and thenturn “ON”.

SEF058Y

DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH TB48DE A/T

EC-424

5. Perform “Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)” withECM.

6. If DTC is detected, go to “Diagnostic Procedure”, EC-427.



EC-425

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC249M


EC-426


INSPECTION START

OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK

With CONSULT-II.

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Select “BRAKE SW” in “DATA MONI-

TOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3. Check the following.

Without CONSULT-II.

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Check voltage ECM terminal 106 and

ground following condition.

NG

EOK

INSPECTION END

CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Check the stop lamp when depressing

and releasing the brake pedal.

OK

ENG

qC

qA

H

CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUTSIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN ANDSHORT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.3. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness

connector.4. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminal 106 and stop lamp switch ter-minal q2 . Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.


OK

ENG



short between ECM andstop lamp switch


qB

CONDITION SPECIFICATION

Brake pedal: Fullyreleased

OFF

Brake pedal: Slightlydepressed

ON

CONDITION SPECIFICATION

Brake pedal: Fullyreleased

0V

Brake pedal: Slightlydepressed

Battery voltage(11 - 14V)

Brake pedal Stop lamp

Fully released Not illuminated

Depressed Illuminated

SEC193D

SEC194D

H

H

H

H


EC-427

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qB

CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH.Refer to “Component Inspection”, EC-429.

OK

ENG Replace stop lamp switch.


INSPECTION END

qC

CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH VOLT-AGE.1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness

connector.2. Check voltage between stop lamp

switch terminal q1 and ground withCONSULT-II or tester.Voltage: Battery voltage

OK


I 10A fuseI Fuse block (J/B) M3I Harness for open and

short between stop lampswitch and battery


qA

SEC194D

PBIB0117E

H

H

H

H

H



EC-428

Component InspectionSTOP LAMP SWITCH1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals q1 andq2 under the following conditions.


Brake pedal fully released Should not exist.

Brake pedal depressed Should exist.

3. If NG, replace stop lamp switch.

SEC194D

PBIB0118E


EC-429

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

System Description

Camshaft position sensor EEngine speed ECM E

Heatedoxygensensor 1heater

The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heatedoxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the enginespeed.

OPERATION

Engine speed rpmHeated oxygen sensor 1

heater

Above 3,600 OFF

Below 3,600 ON




HO2S1 HTR (B1)HO2S1 HTR (B2)

I Engine speed: Idle ON

I Engine speed: Above 3,600 OFF


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

8(B1)

G/YHeated oxygen sensor 1heater

Engine is running.


9(B2)

L/REngine is running.



HO2S1 HEATER TB48DE A/T

EC-430


TEC246M


EC-431

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

BANK 2

TEC248M



EC-432


INSPECTION START

OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK1. Start engine.

With CONSULT-II

2. Select “HO2S1 HTR (B1)/(B2)” in “DATAMONITOR” mode.

3. Check the following.

Without CONSULT-II

2. Check voltage between ECM terminalsq9 (B1)/q8 (B2) and ground with CONSULT-IIor tester under the following conditions.

NG

EOK INSPECTION END

CHECK POWER SUPPLY.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sen-

sor 1 harness connector.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between terminal q3 and


OK




between heated oxygen sen-sor 1 and fuse


CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.3. Check harness continuity between terminal

and sensor.

Refer to wiring diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short to ground andshort to power.

OK

ENG Repair harness or connectors.

CHECK COMPONENT(Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION” on nextpage.

OK

ENG REPLACE HO2S1.

Perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTER-MITTENT INCIDENT”, EC-331.

INSPECTION END


Above 3,600 OFF

Below 3,600 ON


Engine speed is below3,600 rpm. Approximately 0V

Engine speed isabove 3,600 rpm. Battery voltage

Heated oxy-gen sensor

1 heater

Terminals

ECM Sensor

P0135 B1 9 1

P0155 B2 8 1

SEC888C

SEC320D

SEC321D

SEC180D

H

H

H

H

H

H


EC-433

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component InspectionHEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATERCheck resistance between terminals q3 and q1 .

Resistance: 2.3 - 4.3 Ω at 25°C (77°F)Check continuity between terminals q2 and q1 , q3 and q2 .

Continuity should not exist.If NG, replace the heated oxygen sensor 1.CAUTION:I Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped

from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard sur-face such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

I Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust systemthreads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner toolJ-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.

SEC181D


EC-434



tionActuator


EVAP canis-ter purgecontrol





Power steering oil pressure switch Power steering signal


Heated oxygen sensor 1Density of oxygen in exhaust gas(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

Air conditioner switch Air conditioner signal


This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-ter. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canis-ter purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flowrate. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valverepeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from theECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control.The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by consider-ing various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, theflow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister is regulated as theair flow changes.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONThe EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses aON/OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAPcanister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve ismoved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.



PURG VOL C/V

I Engine: After warming upI No-loadI Lift up drive wheels and suitable

gear position

Idle 0%

More than 30 seconds after startingengineRev engine up from 2,000 to 4,000rpm.

30 - 100%

SEF337U

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROLSOLENOID VALVE TB48DE A/T

EC-435

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


TERMI-NALNO.

WIRECOLOR


54 W/BEVAP canister purge vol-ume control solenoid valve

Engine is running.

Idle speed


SEC676C

Engine is running.

Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm (More than100 seconds after starting engine).


SEC677C


EC-436

Wiring Diagram

TEC155M


EC-437

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


INSPECTION START


With CONSULT-II

1. Start engine and let it idle.2. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in



4. Touch “UP/DOWN” on CONSULT-IIscreen. Check to see if vacuum existsunder the following conditions.

Without CONSULT-II

1. Lift up vehicle, start engine and warm itup to normal operating temperature.


3. Check to see if vacuum exists whenrevving engine from 2,000 to 4,000 rpmin a suitable gear position other than“P” or “N”.

NG

EOK

CHECK EVAP CANISTER.1. Turn ignition switch

“OFF”.2. Remove EVAP canister.3. Blow air into each of

three ports to check thatair flows freely.

If NG, replace EVAP canis-ter.

OK

INSPECTION END

CHECK POWER SUPPLY.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge vol-

ume control solenoid valve harnessconnector.

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between terminal q1 and

engine ground with CONSULT-II ortester.Voltage: Battery voltage

OK

ENG



short between EVAPcanister purge volumecontrol solenoid valveand 10A fuse


GO TO qA .

ConditionPURGE VOL CONT/V

Vacuum

0% No

100% Yes

Condition Vacuum

When depressingaccelerator pedal

Yes

When releasing accel-erator pedal com-

pletelyNo

SEC891C

SEC892C

SEC785C

SEF083Y

SEC815C

H

H

H

H


EC-438

qA

CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.3. Check harness continuity between

ECM terminal q54 and terminal q2 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK

ENG


CHECK COMPONENT(EVAP canister purge volume control sole-noid valve).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-440.

OK

ENG

Replace EVAP canisterpurge volume control sole-noid valve.


INSPECTION END

H

H

H

H



EC-439

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component InspectionEVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve

With CONSULT-II1. Start engine.2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with

CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to thevalve opening.If OK, inspection end. If NG, go to following step.

3. Check air passage continuity.

ConditionPURG VOL CONT/V value

Air passage continuitybetween qA and qB

100.0% Yes

0.0% No

If NG, replace the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoidvalve.------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Without CONSULT-IICheck air passage continuity.

ConditionAir passage continuity

between qA and qB

12V direct current supply between ter-minals

Yes

No supply No

If NG or operation takes more than 1 second, replace solenoidvalve.

SEC816C

SEF660U

SEF661U


EC-440

DescriptionThe vehicle speed sensor is installed in the transmission. It con-tains a pulse generator which provides a vehicle speed signal to thecombination meter. The combination meter then sends a signal tothe ECM through CAN communication line.


OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK

With CONSULT-II

1. Lift up drive wheels.2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA

MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.The vehicle speed on CONSULT-IIshould exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) whenrotating wheels with suitable gear posi-tion.

Without CONSULT-II

1. Lift up drive wheels.2. Start engine.3. Read vehicle speed with combination

meter. The vehicle speed indicationshould be able to exceed 10 km/h (6MPH) when rotating wheels with suit-able gear position.

NG

EOK INSPECTION END

CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CIR-CUIT.Refer to EL section.

OK

ENG Repair or replace.

CHECK COMBINATION METER.Check combination meter function.Refer to EL section.

INSPECTION END

H

H

H

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) TB48DE A/T

EC-441

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

System Description


ECM E

Intake valvetiming con-trolsolenoidvalve

Mass air flow sensor EAmount of intake air




The intake valve timing control system is utilized tocontrol intake valve opening and closing timing.Engine coolant temperature signals, engine speed,amount of intake air, vehicle speed and throttle posi-tion are used to determine intake valve timing.The intake camshaft sprocket position is regulatedby oil pressure controlled by the intake valve timingcontrol.

When ECM sends ON signal to intake valve timingcontrol solenoid valve, oil pressure is transmitted tocamshaft sprocket. Then, intake side camshaft isadvanced.

SEF587TA

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL TB48DE A/T

EC-442

Operation

Engine operating conditionIntake valve timing con-

trolsolenoid valve

Intake valve openingand closing time Valve overlap Engine valve timing

I Engine coolant temperature isbetween 70°C (158°F) to 118°C(244°F) and engine speed isbetween 800 rpm and 4,200 rpm.

I During high load conditionI Vehicle speed is more than 8 km/h

(5 MPH).

ON Advance Increased qII

Those other than above OFF Normal Normal qI




INT/V SOL-B1

I Engine is in warm up condition.I Engine speed is more than 800 rpm.I Suitable gear positionI Vehicle speed is more than 8 km/h (5 MPH).

OFF , ON (Using “NIT/V TIM-B1” in “DATA MONITOR”, thedifference of degree between “OFF” and “ON” is approxi-mately 20 deg.


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

152 RIntake valve timing controlsolenoid valves

Engine is running.

Intake valve timing control solenoid is operating.Approximately 0V

Engine is running.

Intake valve timing control solenoid is not operating.Battery voltage (11 - 14V)


EC-443

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC158M


EC-444


INSPECTION START


With CONSULT-II

1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select“VALVE TIMING SOL” in “ACTIVETEST” mode with CONSULT-II.

2. Select “ON/OFF” then check valve tim-ing solenoid valve click sound.Do you hear the operation sound?

1) Lift up vehicle, start engine and warm itup to normal operation temperature.

2) Shift to a suitable gear position otherthan “P” or “N” and rev engine up from2,000 to 3,000 rpm.

3) Check voltage between ECM terminal152 (Intake valve timing control sole-

noid valve signal) and ground under thefollowing conditions.

No

EYes INSPECTION END

CHECK POWER SUPPLY.1. Stop engine.2. Disconnect intake valve timing control

solenoid valve harness connector.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between terminal q2 and


OK




between the intake valvetiming control solenoidvalve and fuse



terminal 152 and solenoid valve termi-nal q1 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.

If OK, check harness for short to groundand short to power.

OK


tors.

CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE.Refer to LC section (“Oil Pressure Check”,“ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM”).

OK

ENG Repair lubrication system.

CHECK INTAKE AIR SYSTEM.Check intake air system for leaks.

OK

ENG Repair intake air system.

GO TO qA .

Conditions Voltage

Not revving engine. Approximately 0V

Revving engine.Battery voltage(Momentary)

SEC923C

SEC323D

SEC793C

SEC794C

H

H

H

H

H

H


EC-445

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qA

CHECK COMPONENT(Intake valve timing control solenoid valve).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-446.

OK

ENG Replace intake valve timing

control solenoid valve.

Replace intake valve timing controlsprocket with camshaft.


INSPECTION END

Component InspectionINTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE1. Check oil passage visually for any metal debris.2. Supply intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals with

battery voltage.3. Make sure that inside plunger protrudes.

If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

SEC795C

H

H

H

H



EC-446

Component DescriptionWhen the gear position is “P” or “N”, park/neutral position (PNP)switch is “ON”.ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the“ON” signal) exists.The park/neutral position (PNP) switch assembly also includes atransmission range switch to detect selector lever position.




P/N POSI SW I Ignition switch: ONShift lever: Neutral position ON

Except above OFF


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

80 R/PUPark/neutral position sig-nal


Gear position is “P” or “N” position.Approximately 0V



SEC199D

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH TB48DE A/T

EC-447

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC256M


EC-448

TEC320M



EC-449

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


INSPECTION START


With CONSULT-II

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONI-

TOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3. Check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under

the following conditions.

Without CONSULT-II

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Check voltage between ECM terminal

q80 (PNP signal) and ground under thefollowing conditions.

NG

EOK

INSPECTION END

CHECK PNP SWITCH SIGNAL.

With CONSULT-II

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Select “A/T”, then “DATA MONITOR”

mode with CONSULT-II.3. Select “P/N POSI SW” signal and check

its indication under the following condi-tions.

Without CONSULT-II

Confirm that the PNP switch signal is sentto TCM correctly.Refer to AT section, “PARK/NEUTRALPOSITION SWITCH”.

OK

ENG

CHECK PNP SWITCHCIRCUIT.Check the PNP switch cir-cuit.Refer to AT section,“PARK/NEUTRAL POSI-TION SWITCH”.

INSPECTION END

GO TO qA .

Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal

“N” and “P” position ON

Except the above position OFF

Condition Voltage

Gear position is “N” or “P”. 0V

Except the above gearposition Battery voltage

Condition(Gear position) P/N POSI SW

“P” or “N” position ON

Other positions OFF

SEF212Y

PBIB0169E

PBIB0102E

H

H

H

H


EC-450

qA

CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNALCIRCUIT-I FOR OPEN AND SHORT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect TCM harness connector.3. Disconnect park/neutral position relay-3

harness connector.4. Check harness continuity between TCM

terminal q48 and park/neutral positionrelay-3 terminal q2 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.


OK

ENG If NG, repair open circuit or

short to ground or short topower in harness or con-nectors.

CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNALCIRCUIT-II FOR OPEN AND SHORT.1. Check harness continuity between park/

neutral position relay-3 terminals q1 ,q6 and ground.Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to power.

OK


to power in harness orconnectors.

CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNALCIRCUIT-III FOR OPEN AND SHORT.1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.2. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminal q80 and park/neutral positionrelay-3 terminal q7 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.

OK




I Harness for open orshort between ECM andPark/Neutral positionrelay-3


CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITIONRELAY-3.Refer to AT section.

OK

ENG If NG, replace park/neutral

position relay-3.


INSPECTION END

SEC185D

SEC298D

H

H

H

H

H

H



EC-451

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component DescriptionTo turn on the switch, push the lower side of it. The indicator lightof the switch will illuminate and the transmission shifts into thesnow driving mode.I This mode is used for standing starts on slippery (snowy,

sandy) roads.I When the selector lever is in the D position, the transmission

shifts from 1st to 5th gear automatically from standing starts orwhen accelerating from low speed.


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

60 Y/G Snow mode switch


Snow mode switch is snow position.Snow switch is “ON”.

Battery voltage (11 - 14V)


Except above switch positionApproximately 0V

SEC222D

SNOW MODE SWITCH TB48DE A/T

EC-452

Wiring DiagramWITH SNOW MODE SWITCH

TEC263M


EC-453

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


INSPECTION START

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION.1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Check voltage as follows.

NG

EOK

NG

CHECK SNOW INDICA-TOR LAMP.1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Check snow indicator

lamp as follows.

OK

INSPECTION END

qA F

CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR SNOWMODE SWITCH.1. Disconnect snow mode switch harness

connector.2. Turn ignition switch “ON”.3. Check voltage between snow mode

switch terminal q2 and ground.Battery voltage

OK


I 7.5A fuseI Harness connectors

M20 , B19I Harness for open or short

between snow modeswitch and fuse.


CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.3. Check harness continuity between snow

mode switch terminal q1 and ECM ter-minal q60 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.

4. Check harness continuity between ECMterminal q60 and snow mode switch ter-minal q6 . Refer to wiring diagram.Continuity should exist.


If OK, reconnect ECM harness connector.

OK


I Harness connector B19 ,M20

I Harness connector M51 ,F6

I Harness for open or shortbetween snow modeswitch and ECM


CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT.1. Check harness continuity between snow

mode switch harness connector terminalq7 and ground.Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.

If OK, check harness for short to power.

OK


I Harness connector B19 ,M20

I Harness for open or shortbetween snow modeswitch and ground.



INSPECTION END

Snow mode switch ECM terminal q60 voltage

AUTO 0 V

SNOW 11 - 14 V (Battery voltage)Snow mode

switchSnow indica-

tor lamp

AUTO OFF

SNOW ON

SEC188D

H

H

H

H

H

H

H


EC-454

qA

CHECK SNOW INDICATOR LAMP INPUTSIGNAL CIRCUIT.1. Check continuity between snow mode

switch terminal q1 and q6 . Refer towiring diagram.Continuity should exist.


OK



CHECK SNOW INDICATOR LAMPGROUND.1. Check harness continuity between

snow mode switch terminal q7 andground. Refer to wiring diagram.Continuity should exist.

OK


I Harness connectorsB19 , M20

I Harness for open orshort between snowmode switch and ground


CHECK SNOW INDICATOR LAMP.Refer to EL or AT section.

OK

ENG Replace snow indicator

lamp or snow mode switchassembly.

INSPECTION END

H

H

H

H



EC-455

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX



tionActuator


VIAS con-trol

VIAS control solenoid valve


Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position




When the engine is running at low or medium speed, the ECMsends the signal to the VIAS control solenoid valve then powervalve is fully closed. Under this condition, the effective suction portlength is equivalent to the total length of the intake manifold collec-tor’s suction port including the intake valve. This long suction portprovides increased air intake which results in improved suctionefficiency and higher torque generation.The surge tank and one-way valve are provided. When engine isrunning at high speed, the ECM does not send the signal to theVIAS control solenoid valve, thus enabling power valve to be fullyopened. This signal introduces the intake manifold vacuum into thepower valve actuator and therefore opens the power valve to twosuction passages together in the collector.Under this condition, the effective port length is equivalent to the

SEC802C

VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR CONTROL SYSTEM (VIAS) TB48DE A/T

EC-456

length of the suction port provided independently for each cylinder.This shortened port length results in enhanced engine output withreduced suction resistance under high speeds.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION

Power valveThe power valve is installed in intake manifold collector and usedto control the suction passage of the variable induction air controlsystem. It is set in the fully closed or fully opened position by thepower valve actuator operated by the vacuum stored in the surgetank. The vacuum in the surge tank is controlled by the VIAS con-trol solenoid valve.

VIAS control solenoid valveThe VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuumsignal for power valve control. It responds to ON/OFF signals fromthe ECM. When the solenoid is off, the vacuum signal from theintake manifold is for high speed. When the ECM sends an ONsignal the coil pulls the plunger downward and feeds the vacuumsignal to the power valve actuator.


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR


27 LG/RVIAS control solenoidvalve

Engine is running.

Idle speed


Engine is running.


SEC803C

SEC804C


Description (Cont’d)

EC-457

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC161M


EC-458


INSPECTION START


With CONSULT-II1. Start engine and warm it up to normal

operating temperature.2. Perform “VIAS SOL VALVE” in “ACTIVE

TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.3. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve “ON”

and “OFF”, and make sure that powervalve actuator rod moves.

Without CONSULT-II1. Start engine and warm it up to normal

operating temperature.2. Rev engine quickly up to above 5,000

rpm and make sure that power valveactuator rod moves.

NG

EOK INSPECTION END

CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOIDVALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT.1. Stop engine.2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve



OK



I 10A fuseI Harness continuity

between fuse and VIAScontrol solenoid valve


CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOIDVALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOROPEN AND SHORT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.3. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminal q27 and terminal q2 . Refer toWiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.


OK



RETEST OVERALL FUNCTION.1. Reconnect harness connectors discon-

nected.2. Perform CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

again.

NG

EOK INSPECTION END


OK

ENG Repair or replace harness

or connectors.

Replace VIAS control solenoid valve asintake manifold collector assembly.

SEC805C

SEC806C

SEC804C

SEC807C

H

H

H

H

H

H


EC-459

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Component DescriptionThe fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECMsupplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector isenergized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allowsfuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. Theamount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.Pulse duration is the length of time the injector remains open. TheECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuelneeds.




INJ PULSE-B1/B2


Idle 2.4 - 3.2 msec

2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.8 msec

B/FUEL SCHDL dittoIdle 2.0 - 3.2 msec

2,000 rpm 1.4 - 2.6 msec


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

567131415




Idle speed


SEC670C

Engine is running.



SEC671C


SEF375Z

INJECTOR TB48DE A/T

EC-460

Wiring Diagram

TEC162M

INJECTOR TB48DE A/T

EC-461

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


INSPECTION START

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION.1. Start engine.

With CONSULT-II

2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in“ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.

3. Make sure that each circuit produces amomentary engine speed drop.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Without CONSULT-II

2. Listen to each injector operating sound.Clicking noise should be heard.

NG

EOK INSPECTION END

CHECK POWER SUPPLY.1. Stop engine.2. Disconnect each injector harness con-

nector.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between each terminal


OK





between injector and fuseblock


CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.3. Check harness continuity between each

terminal q1 and ECM terminals q5 , q6 ,q7 , q13 , q14 , q15 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short to groundand short to power.

OK



I Harness for open or shortbetween ECM and injec-tor


CHECK COMPONENT(Injector).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION” onEC-463.

OK

ENG Replace injector.


INSPECTION END

SEF190Y

SEF730L

SEC793C

SEC808C

H

H

H

H

H

H

INJECTOR TB48DE A/T

EC-462

Component InspectionINJECTOR1. Disconnect injector harness connector.2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.

Resistance: 13.5 - 17.5 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]If NG, replace injector.

SEC809C

INJECTOR TB48DE A/T

EC-463

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX






TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR




START SIGNAL TB48DE A/T

EC-464

Wiring Diagram

TEC163M


EC-465

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


INSPECTION START


With CONSULT-II

1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Check “START SIGNAL” in “DATA

MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Without CONSULT-II

1. Turn ignition switch to “START”.2. Check voltage between ECM terminal


Ignition switch “START”Battery voltage (9 - 12V)

Except aboveApproximately 0V

NG

EOK INSPECTION END

Check if 7.5A fuse is OK.

OKE

NG Replace 7.5A fuse.

CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and

7.5A fuse.3. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminal q59 and fuse block.Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short to groundand short to power.

OK



I Harness for open or shortbetween ECM and fuseblock



INSPECTION END

IGN “ON” OFF

IGN “START” ON

PBIB0182E

SEC824C

H

H

H

H

H


EC-466

System Description


Engine speed

ECM EFuelpumprelayIgnition switch

EStart signal

The ECM activates the fuel pump for several sec-onds after the ignition switch is turned on to improveengine storability. If the ECM receives a 120° signalfrom the camshaft position sensor, it knows that theengine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate.If the 120° signal is not received when the ignitionswitch is on, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pumpoperation and prevents battery discharging, therebyimproving safety. The ECM does not directly drivethe fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pumprelay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.

Condition Fuel pump operation

Ignition switch is turned to ON.Operates for5 seconds.

Engine running and cranking Operates.

When engine is stopped Stops in 1 second.

Except as shown above Stops.

Component DescriptionThe fuel pump with a fuel damper is an in-tank type (the pump anddamper are located in the fuel tank).




FUEL PUMP RLY

I Ignition switch is turned to ON (Operates for 5 seconds).I Engine running and crankingI When engine is stopped (Stops in 1 second)

ON

Except as shown above OFF

SEF609V

FUEL PUMP TB48DE A/T

EC-467

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

40*2(41)*1

R/Y Fuel pump relay



Engine is running.

0 - 1.0V


5 seconds after turning ignition switch “ON”


*1: With NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)*2: Without NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System)


EC-468

Wiring Diagram

TEC164M


EC-469

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


INSPECTION START

CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION.1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Pinch fuel feed hose with fingers.

Fuel pressure pulsation should be felton the fuel feed hose for 5 secondsafter ignition switch is turned “ON”.

NG

EOK INSPECTION END

CHECK POWER SUPPLY.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect fuel pump relay.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between terminals q1 ,


OK



between fuse and fuelpump relay


CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT-I.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect fuel tank gauge unit (fuel

pump) harness connector.3. Check harness continuity between termi-


OK


I Harness connectorsC2 , B37 (LHD models)

I Harness connectorsC2 , B125 (RHD mod-

els)I Harness for open or short

between fuel pump andbody ground


CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT-II.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Check harness continuity between relay

terminal q5 and fuel pump terminal q4 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK


I Harness connectorsM20 , B19 (LHD models)

I Harness connectorsM97 , B103 (RHD mod-

els)I Harness connectors

B137 , C2 (LHD models)I Harness connectors

B125 , C2 (RHD mod-els)

I Harness for open or shortbetween fuel pump andfuel pump relay


qA

(Go to next page.)

SEC810C

SEC684C

SEF479P

SEF608V

H

H

H

H

H


EC-470

qA

CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT.1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.2. Check harness continuity between ECM

terminal q40 (Without NATS) or q41 (WithNATS) and fuel pump relay terminal q2 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short toground and short to power.

OK



I Harness for open or shortbetween ECM and fuelpump relay


CHECK COMPONENT(Fuel pump relay).

With CONSULT-II

1. Reconnect fuel pump relay, fuel pumpharness connector and ECM harnessconnector.

2. Turn ignition switch “ON”.3. Turn fuel pump relay “ON” and “OFF” in

“ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-IIand check operating sound.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Without CONSULT-II

Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-472.

OK

ENG Replace fuel pump relay.

CHECK COMPONENT(Fuel pump).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-472.

OK

ENG Replace fuel pump.


INSPECTION END

SEF073Y

H

H

H

H

H



EC-471

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX



12V direct current supplybetween terminals q1 and q2

Yes



FUEL PUMP1. Disconnect fuel pump harness connector.2. Check resistance between terminals q4 and q6 .

Resistance: 0.2 - 5.0 Ω at 25°C (77°F)If NG, replace fuel pump.

SEF511P

SEF607V


EC-472

Component DescriptionThe power steering oil pressure switch is attached to the powersteering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load.When a power steering load is detected, it signals the ECM. TheECM adjusts the IACV-AAC valve to increase the idle speed andadjust for the increased load.





engine

Steering wheel in neutral position(forward direction)

OFF

The steering wheel is turned. ON


TER-MINAL

NO.

WIRECOLOR

ITEM CONDITIONDATA

(DC voltage)

79 OR/LPower steering oil pres-sure switch

Engine is running.

Steering wheel is being turned.0V

Engine is running.

Steering wheel is not being turned.Approximately 5V

SEC811C

POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH TB48DE A/T

EC-473

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC165M


EC-474



With CONSULT-II

1. Start engine.2. Check “PW/ST SIGNAL” in “DATA

MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.Steering is neutral position: OFFSteering is turned: ON

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Without CONSULT-II1. Start engine.2. Check voltage between ECM terminal


When steering wheel is turnedquickly, or fully turned

Approximately 0VExcept above

Approximately 5V

NG

EOK INSPECTION END

CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT.1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect power steering oil pressure

switch harness connector.3. Check harness continuity between termi-


OK




terminal q79 and terminal q1 .Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.If OK, check harness for short to groundand short to power.

OK



qA

(Go to next page.)

SEF757X

SEC825C

SEC811C

H

H

H

H


EC-475

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

qA

CHECK COMPONENT(Power steering oil pressure switch).Refer to “COMPONENT INSPECTION”,EC-476.

OK

ENG Replace power steering oil

pressure switch.


INSPECTION END

Component InspectionPOWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH1. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connec-

tor then start engine.2. Check continuity between terminals q1 and q2 .


Steering wheel is being turned or fully turned Yes

Steering wheel is not being turned No

If NG, replace power steering oil pressure switch.SEC812C

H

H

H



EC-476

DescriptionThe electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc) is transferredthrough the CAN communication line from combination meter to ECM.

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL TB48DE A/T

EC-477

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVER-ALL FUNCTION-I1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Connect CONSULT-II and select “DATA

MONITOR” mode.3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indi-

cation under the following conditions.

OK

ENG

qA

CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVER-ALL FUNCTION-IICheck “LOAD SIGNAL” indication underthe following conditions.

OK

ENG

qB

INSPECTION END

qA

CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGERFUNCTION.1. Start engine.2. Turn “ON” the rear window defogger

switch.3. Check the rear windshield. Is the rear

windshield heated up?

Yes

ENo

Check rear window defog-ger circuit. Refer to ELsection, “REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER”.

CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGERINPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN ORSHORT.1. Stop engine.2. Check the circuit for open and short

between combination meter and rearwindow defogger.Refer to EL section, “Wiring Diagram —LOAD/S”.

OK

ENG

Repair open circuit or shortto ground or short to powerin harness connectors.

CHECK COMBINATION METERRefer to EL section, “COMBINATIONMETERS”.

OK

ENG

Replace combinationmeter.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENTRefer to EC-331, “TROUBLE DIAGNOSISFOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”.

INSPECTION END

Condition Indication

Rear window defoggerswitch “ON”.

ON

Rear window defoggerswitch “OFF”.

OFF

Condition Indication

Lighting switch “ON”at 2nd position

ON

Lighting switch “OFF” OFF

PBIB0103E

H

H

H

H

H

H

H


EC-478

qB

CHECK HEADLAMP FUNCTION1. Start engine.2. Turn “ON” the lighting switch at 2nd

position.3. Check that headlamp high beams are

illuminated.

OK

ENG Check headlamp circuit.

Refer to EL section,“HEADLAMP”.

CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL CIR-CUIT1. Stop engine.2. Check the circuit for open and short

between combination meter and head-lamp.Refer to EL section, “Wiring Diagram —LOAD/S —”.


OK


to ground or short to powerin harness connectors.

CHECK COMBINATION METERRefer to EL section, “COMBINATIONMETERS”.

OK

ENG Replace combination

meter.

CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENTRefer to EC-331, “TROUBLE DIAGNOSISFOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”.

INSPECTION END

H

H

H

H

H



EC-479

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC318M

MIL & DATA LINK CONNECTORS TB48DE A/T

EC-480

Fuel Pressure Regulator

Fuel pressurekPa (bar, kg/cm2, psi)

At idleApproximately

245 (2.45, 2.5, 36)

A few seconds after ignitionswitch is turned OFF to ON

Approximately294 (2.94, 3.0, 43)

Idle Speed and Ignition Timing

Idle speed rpm

Target idle speed 675±50No-load*1(in “N” position)

Air conditioner: ON(in “N” position)


850 rpm or more

Without three waycatalyst

950 rpm or more

Ignition timing 5°±5° BTDC

*1: Under the following conditions:I Air conditioner switch: OFFI Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead positionI Electrical load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defog-

ger)

Mass Air Flow Sensor

Supply voltage V Battery voltage (11 - 14)

Output voltage at idle V0.75 - 1.5 at idle*

1.7 - 2.4 at 2,500 rpm*

*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and runningunder no-load.

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

Temperature °C (°F) Resistance

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 kΩ

50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 kΩ

90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 kΩ

Heated Oxygen Sensor 1

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 2.3 - 4.3Ω

Fuel Pump


EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control SolenoidValve

Resistance [at 20°C (68°F)] Ω 31 - 35

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) TB48DE A/T

EC-481

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Injector


Ignition Coil with Power Transistor


3 (+) - 2 (−) Except 0 or

1 (+) - 3 (−)Except 0

1 (+) - 2 (−)

Condenser

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] MΩ Above 1

Throttle Control Motor

Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 1 - 15 Ω

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) TB48DE A/T

EC-482

Circuit DiagramEXCEPT FOR COLD AREAS AND WAGON MODELS FOR AUSTRALIA

TEC205M

QUICK-GLOW SYSTEM TD

EC-483

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

FOR COLD AREAS AND WAGON MODELS FOR AUSTRALIA

TEC286M



EC-484

PICKUP MODELS FOR AUSTRALIA

TEC081M



EC-485

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

PICKUP MODELS EXCEPT FOR AUSTRALIA

TEC009M



EC-486

Wiring DiagramEXCEPT FOR COLD AREAS AND WAGON MODELS FOR AUSTRALIA

TEC451


EC-487

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

TEC206M



EC-488

FOR COLD AREAS AND WAGON MODELS FOR AUSTRALIA

TEC287M



EC-489

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

TEC288M



EC-490

TEC289M



EC-491

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

TEC290M



EC-492

PICKUP MODELS

TEC291M



EC-493

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

TEC292M



EC-494

Wiring Diagram

TEC229M

FAST IDLE CONTROL CIRCUIT TD

EC-495

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC230M

ENGINE ROOM FAN MOTOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT TD

EC-496

Electrical Components InspectionCheck continuity between terminals q3 and q5 .


12V direct current supply betweenterminals q1 and q2

Yes



SEF145X

ENGINE ROOM FAN MOTOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT TD

EC-497

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring DiagramWAGON MODELS

TEC133M

FUEL CUT SYSTEM TD

EC-498

PICKUP MODELS

TEC293M

FUEL CUT SYSTEM TD


EC-499

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Circuit DiagramFOR EUROPE

TEC095M

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL SYSTEM ZD30DDTi

EC-500

EXCEPT FOR EUROPE

TEC277M

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL OVERALL SYSTEM ZD30DDTi


EC-501

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit

TEC181M

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY ZD30DDTi

EC-502

TEC097M

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR POWER SUPPLY ZD30DDTi


EC-503

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC182M

DTC 0102 MASS AIR FLOW SEN ZD30DDTi

EC-504

Wiring Diagram

TEC183M

DTC 0103 COOLANT TEMP SEN ZD30DDTi

EC-505

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring DiagramFOR EUROPE

TEC184M

DTC 0104 VEHICLE SPEED SEN ZD30DDTi

EC-506

EXCEPT FOR EUROPE

TEC278M



EC-507

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX


1 CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and combination meter harness connector.3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 26 and combination meter terminal 26 (For Europe), 65 (Except for Europe).

Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 3.

NG E GO TO 2.

2 DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.I Harness connectors M52, F7I Joint connector-1I Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter

E Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3 CHECK SPEEDOMETER FUNCTION

Make sure that speedometer functions properly.

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 5.

NG E GO TO 4.

4 CHECK SPEEDOMETER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Check the following.I Harness connectors E70, E201I Harness connectors M86, E104 or M21, E127I Harness for open or short between combination meter and vehicle speed sensor

OK or NG

OK E Check vehicle speed sensor and combination meter. Refer to EL section.

NG E Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5 CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”.

E INSPECTION END


EC-508

Wiring Diagram

TEC185M

DTC 0203 ACCEL POS SW (F/C) ZD30DDTi

EC-509

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC186M

DTC 0208 OVER HEAT ZD30DDTi

EC-510


1 INSPECTION START


Yes or No

Yes E GO TO 2.

No E GO TO 3.

2 CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

With CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-II.

SEF646X

3. Make sure that cooling fan-1 operates.

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 12.

NG E GO TO 4.

3 CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

Without CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.3. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.4. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates.

MEC475B

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 12.

NG E GO TO 4.


EC-511

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

4 CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1.

SEF690V

3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between cooling fan relay-1 terminals 1, 5 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF607X

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 6.

NG E GO TO 5.


Check the following.I Fuse block (J/B) connector E112I 10A fuse or 20A fuseI 30A fusible linksI Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuseI Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery




EC-512

6 CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector.

SEF691V

3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-1 terminals 1, 3, cooling fan motor-1 ter-minals 2, 4 and body ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 7.


7 CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 14 and cooling fan relay-1 terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.

Continuity should exist.3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 9.

NG E GO TO 8.


Check the following.I Harness connectors E127, M21I Harness connectors M52, F7I Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and ECM


9 CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-1

Refer to “Component Inspection”, EC-517.

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 10.

NG E Replace cooling fan relay.



EC-513

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

10 CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR-1

Supply battery voltage between the following terminals and check operation.

SEF645V

MTBL1304

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 11.

NG E Replace cooling fan motor.


Perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”.

E INSPECTION END

12 CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK

Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops.Testing pressure: 157 kPa (1.57 bar, 1.6 kg/cm 2, 23 psi)

CAUTION:Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.

SLC754A

Pressure should not drop.

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 14.

NG E GO TO 13.



EC-514


Check the following for leak.I HoseI RadiatorI Water pump (Refer to LC section, “Water Pump”.)

E Repair or replace.

14 CHECK RADIATOR CAP

Apply pressure to cap with a tester and check radiator cap relief pressure.

SLC755A

Radiator cap relief pressure:79 - 98 kPa (0.78 - 0.98 bar, 0.8 - 1.0 kg/cm 2, 11 - 14 psi)

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 15.

NG E Replace radiator cap.



EC-515

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

15 CHECK THERMOSTAT

1. Remove thermostat.2. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.

It should seat tightly.3. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.

SLC343

Valve opening temperature:82°C (180°F) [standard] (Models for cold areas)76.5°C (170°F) [standard] (Models for except cold areas)

Valve lift:More than 10 mm/95°C (0.394 in/203°F)

4. Check if valve is closed at 5°C (9°F) below valve opening temperature. For details, refer to LC section, “Thermostat”.

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 16.

NG E Replace thermostat.

16 CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.2. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

SEF304X

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 17.

NG E Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.



EC-516

17 CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES

If the cause cannot be isolated, go to “MAIN 12 CAUSES OF OVERHEATING”, EC-518.

E INSPECTION END



12V direct current supply betweenterminals 1 and 2

Yes


If NG, replace relay.SEF145X



EC-517

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX













ON*1 7 I Cooling fan I Visual Operating See “DTC 0208 OVERHEAT”.


Negative —



—













*1: Engine running at idle.*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.For more information, refer to “OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS” in LC section.


EC-518

Wiring Diagram

TEC187M

DTC 0402 P9⋅FUEL TEMP SEN ZD30DDTi

EC-519

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC188M

DTC 0403 ACCEL POS SENSOR ZD30DDTi

EC-520

TEC189M

DTC 0403 ACCEL POS SENSOR ZD30DDTi


EC-521

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC190M

DTC 0504 A/T COMM LINE ZD30DDTi

EC-522

Wiring Diagram

TEC187M

DTC 0701 P1⋅CAM POS SEN ZD30DDTi

EC-523

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC187M

DTC 0702 P2⋅TDC PULSE SIG ZD30DDTi

EC-524

Wiring Diagram

TEC187M

DTC 0703 P3⋅PUMP COMM LINE ZD30DDTi

EC-525

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC187M

DTC 0704 P4⋅SPILL/V CIRC, DTC 0706 P6 ⋅SPILL VALVE ZD30DDTi

EC-526

Wiring Diagram

TEC187M

DTC 0707 P7⋅F/INJ TIMG FB ZD30DDTi

EC-527

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC191M

DTC 0807 ECM 14 ZD30DDTi

EC-528

Wiring Diagram

TEC192M

DTC 0902 ECM RLY ZD30DDTi

EC-529

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC193M

DTC 0905 TURBO PRESSURE ZD30DDTi

EC-530

Wiring Diagram

TEC194M

DTC 1003 EGR VOLUME CONT/V ZD30DDTi

EC-531

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC187M

DTC 1004 FUEL CUT SYSTEM1 ZD30DDTi

EC-532


TEC195M

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ZD30DDTi

EC-533

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

EXCEPT FOR EUROPE

TEC279M



EC-534

Diagnostic ProcedureEXCEPT FOR EUROPE

1 INSPECTION START

Check fuel level, fuel supplying system, starter motor, etc.

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 2.

NG E Correct.

2 CHECK INSTALLATION

Check that all glow plug connecting plate nuts are installed properly.

SEF233Z

OK or NG

OK (With CONSULT-II) E GO TO 3.

OK (Without CONSULT-II) E GO TO 4.

NG E Install properly.

3 CHECK GLOW INDICATOR LAMP OPERATION

With CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-II.3. Confirm that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates below 75°C (167°F). If it indicates above 75°C (167°F), cool down engine.

SEF013Y

4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn “ON”.5. Make sure that glow indicator lamp is turned “ON” for 1.5 seconds or more after turning ignition switch “ON”, and then turned

“OFF”.

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 5.

NG E GO TO 6.


EC-535

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

4 CHECK GLOW INDICATOR LAMP OPERATION

Without CONSULT-II1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.2. Confirm that the voltage between ECM terminal 19 and ground is above 1.36V. If it is below 1.36V, cool down engine.

SEF430Y

3. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn “ON”.4. Make sure that glow indicator lamp is turned “ON” for 1.5 seconds or more after turning ignition switch “ON”, and then turned

“OFF”.

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 5.

NG E GO TO 6.

5 CHECK GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Set voltmeter probe between glow plug and engine body.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check the voltage between glow plug and engine body under the following conditions.

SEF234Z

OK or NG

OK E INSPECTION END

NG E GO TO 11.



EC-536

6 CHECK GLOW INDICATOR LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector M143.3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.4. Check voltage between combination meter terminal 46 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEC265DVoltage: Battery voltageOK or NG

OK E GO TO 8.

NG E GO TO 7.


Check the following.1. Fuse block (J/B) connector M32. 10A fuse3. Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuse


8 CHECK GLOW INDICATOR LAMP OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.3. Disconnect combination meter harness connector M141.4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 16 and combination meter terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.


OK or NG

OK E GO TO 10.

NG E GO TO 9.


Check the following.1. Harness connectors M51, F62. Harness for open or short between combination meter and ECM


10 CHECK COMBINATION METER

Check combination meter and glow indicator lamp. Refer to EL section (“METER AND GAUGES”).

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 18.

NG E Repair or replace combination meter.



EC-537

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

11 CHECK GLOW RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.2. Disconnect glow relay.

SEF235Z

3. Check voltage between glow relay terminals 1, 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.

SEF451Z

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 13.

NG E GO TO 12.


Check the following.I 100A fusible linkI Harness for open or short between glow relay and battery

E Repair harness or connectors.

13 CHECK GLOW RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and glow relay terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.


OK or NG

OK E GO TO 15.

NG E GO TO 14.



EC-538


Check the following.I Harness connectors E127, M21I Harness connectors M51, F6I Harness for open or short between glow relay and ECM


15 CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN GLOW RELAY AND GLOW PLUG FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect glow plug harness connector.2. Check harness continuity between glow relay terminal 5 and glow plug harness connector. Refer to Wiring Diagram.


OK or NG

OK E GO TO 16.



Check the following.I Harness connectors E67, E223I Harness connectors E225, E241I Harness for open or short between glow relay and glow plug


17 CHECK GLOW RELAY

Check continuity between glow relay terminals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.

SEF433Y

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 18.

NG E Replace glow relay.



EC-539

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

18 CHECK GLOW PLUG

1. Remove glow plug connecting plate.2. Check glow plug resistance.

SEF236Z

NOTE:I Do not bump glow plug heating element. If it is bumped, replace glow plug with a new one.I If glow plug is dropped from a height of 10 cm (3.94 in) or higher, replace with a new one.I If glow plug installation hole is contaminated with carbon, remove it with a reamer or suitable tool.I Hand-tighten glow plug by turning it two or three times, then tighten using a tool to specified torque.

: 15 - 20 N⋅m (1.5 - 2.1 kg-m, 11 - 15 ft-lb)

OK or NG

OK E GO TO 19.

NG E Replace glow plug.


Refer to “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT”.

E INSPECTION END



EC-540

Wiring Diagram

TEC196M

START SIGNAL ZD30DDTi

EC-541

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC197M

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH ZD30DDTi

EC-542

Wiring Diagram

TEC198M

HEAT UP SWITCH ZD30DDTi

EC-543

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC199M

SWIRL CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ZD30DDTi

EC-544

Wiring Diagram

TEC200M

INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOIDVALVE ZD30DDTi

EC-545

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

Wiring Diagram

TEC201M

AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL ZD30DDTi

EC-546


TEC202M

MI (MIL) & DATA LINK CONNECTORS ZD30DDTi

EC-547

GI

MA

EM

LC

FE

CL

MT

AT

TF

PD

FA

RA

BR

ST

RS

BT

HA

EL

SE

IDX

EXCEPT FOR EUROPE

TEC280M

MI (MIL) & DATA LINK CONNECTORS ZD30DDTi


EC-548

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SECTION EC - DanteSpec – Stay ...

Documents

Transcript of ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SECTION EC - DanteSpec – Stay ...